2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
% $Id: manual.tex,v 1.44 2000/09/20 17:21:20 roberto Exp roberto $
|
1996-01-29 20:08:23 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-06-07 01:05:52 +04:00
|
|
|
\documentclass[11pt]{article}
|
|
|
|
\usepackage{fullpage,bnf}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\usepackage{graphicx}
|
|
|
|
%\usepackage{times}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-21 21:43:44 +04:00
|
|
|
\catcode`\_=12
|
|
|
|
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\newcommand{\See}[1]{Section~\ref{#1}}
|
|
|
|
\newcommand{\see}[1]{(see \See{#1})}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\newcommand{\M}[1]{\rm\emph{#1}}
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\newcommand{\T}[1]{{\tt #1}}
|
1997-06-19 01:11:53 +04:00
|
|
|
\newcommand{\Math}[1]{$#1$}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\newcommand{\nil}{{\bf nil}}
|
|
|
|
\def\tecgraf{{\sf TeC\kern-.21em\lower.7ex\hbox{Graf}}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\newcommand{\Index}[1]{#1\index{#1}}
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\newcommand{\IndexVerb}[1]{\T{#1}\index{#1}}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\newcommand{\IndexEmph}[1]{\emph{#1}\index{#1}}
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\newcommand{\Def}[1]{\emph{#1}\index{#1}}
|
1996-02-06 00:32:19 +03:00
|
|
|
\newcommand{\Deffunc}[1]{\index{#1}}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
\newcommand{\ff}{$\bullet$\ }
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\newcommand{\Version}{4.0}
|
1996-02-16 16:12:12 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
% LHF
|
|
|
|
\renewcommand{\ter}[1]{{\rm`{\tt#1}'}}
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\newcommand{\Nter}[1]{{\rm{\tt#1}}}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\newcommand{\NOTE}{\par\medskip\noindent\emph{NOTE}: }
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1996-02-16 16:12:12 +03:00
|
|
|
\makeindex
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin{document}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
%{===============================================================
|
1997-02-21 18:19:37 +03:00
|
|
|
\thispagestyle{empty}
|
|
|
|
\pagestyle{empty}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
\parindent=0pt
|
|
|
|
\vglue1.5in
|
|
|
|
{\LARGE\bf
|
|
|
|
The Programming Language Lua}
|
|
|
|
\hfill
|
|
|
|
\vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
|
|
|
|
\hfill
|
|
|
|
Reference Manual for Lua version \Version
|
|
|
|
\\
|
|
|
|
\null
|
|
|
|
\hfill
|
|
|
|
Last revised on \today
|
|
|
|
\\
|
|
|
|
\vfill
|
|
|
|
\centering
|
|
|
|
\includegraphics[width=0.7\textwidth]{nolabel.ps}
|
|
|
|
\vfill
|
|
|
|
\vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
|
|
|
|
}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-06-07 01:05:52 +04:00
|
|
|
\newpage
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{quotation}
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
\parskip=10pt
|
1997-02-21 18:19:37 +03:00
|
|
|
\footnotesize
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\null\vfill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\noindent
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
Copyright \copyright\ 1994--2000 TeCGraf, PUC-Rio. All rights reserved.
|
1998-06-07 01:05:52 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
\noindent
|
1998-06-07 01:05:52 +04:00
|
|
|
Permission is hereby granted, without written agreement and without license
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
or royalty fees, to use, copy, modify, translate, and distribute
|
|
|
|
this software and its documentation (hereby called the "package")
|
|
|
|
for any purpose, including commercial applications, subject to
|
1998-06-07 01:05:52 +04:00
|
|
|
the following conditions:
|
|
|
|
\begin{itemize}
|
|
|
|
\item The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall appear in all
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
copies or substantial portions of this package.
|
1998-06-07 01:05:52 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\item The origin of this package must not be misrepresented; you must not
|
|
|
|
claim that you wrote the original package. If you use this package in a
|
1998-06-07 01:05:52 +04:00
|
|
|
product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be greatly
|
|
|
|
appreciated (but it is not required).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
misrepresented as being the original package.
|
1998-06-07 01:05:52 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{itemize}
|
|
|
|
The authors specifically disclaim any warranties, including, but not limited
|
|
|
|
to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
purpose. The package provided hereunder is on an ``as is'' basis, and the
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
authors have no obligation to provide maintenance, support, updates,
|
1998-06-07 01:05:52 +04:00
|
|
|
enhancements, or modifications. In no event shall TeCGraf, PUC-Rio, or the
|
|
|
|
authors be held liable to any party for direct, indirect, special,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
incidental, or consequential damages arising out of the use of this package
|
1998-06-07 01:05:52 +04:00
|
|
|
and its documentation.
|
|
|
|
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
\noindent
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The Lua language and this implementation have been entirely designed and
|
|
|
|
written by Waldemar Celes, Roberto Ierusalimschy and Luiz Henrique de
|
1999-02-26 00:07:26 +03:00
|
|
|
Figueiredo at TeCGraf, PUC-Rio.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\noindent
|
|
|
|
This implementation contains no third-party code.
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\noindent
|
|
|
|
Copies of this manual can be obtained at
|
|
|
|
\verb|http://www.tecgraf.puc-rio.br/lua/|.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\bigskip
|
|
|
|
\noindent
|
|
|
|
The Lua logo was designed by A. Nakonechny.
|
|
|
|
Copyright \copyright\ 1998. All rights reserved.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{quotation}
|
|
|
|
%}===============================================================
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
\newpage
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\title{\Large\bf Reference Manual of the Programming Language Lua \Version}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\author{%
|
|
|
|
Roberto Ierusalimschy\quad
|
|
|
|
Luiz Henrique de Figueiredo\quad
|
|
|
|
Waldemar Celes
|
|
|
|
\vspace{1.0ex}\\
|
|
|
|
\smallskip
|
|
|
|
\small\tt lua@tecgraf.puc-rio.br
|
|
|
|
\vspace{2.0ex}\\
|
|
|
|
%MCC 08/95 ---
|
|
|
|
\tecgraf\ --- Computer Science Department --- PUC-Rio
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
\date{{\small \tt\$Date: 2000/09/20 17:21:20 $ $}}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\maketitle
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\pagestyle{plain}
|
|
|
|
\pagenumbering{roman}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%\thispagestyle{empty}
|
|
|
|
%\pagestyle{empty}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin{abstract}
|
|
|
|
\noindent
|
|
|
|
Lua is a powerful, light-weight programming language
|
|
|
|
designed for extending applications.
|
|
|
|
Lua is also frequently used as a general-purpose, stand-alone language.
|
|
|
|
Lua combines simple procedural syntax
|
|
|
|
(similar to Pascal)
|
|
|
|
with
|
|
|
|
powerful data description constructs
|
|
|
|
based on associative arrays and extensible semantics.
|
|
|
|
Lua is
|
|
|
|
dynamically typed,
|
|
|
|
interpreted from bytecodes,
|
|
|
|
and has automatic memory management with garbage collection,
|
|
|
|
making it ideal for
|
|
|
|
configuration,
|
|
|
|
scripting,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
rapid prototyping.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This document describes version \Version\ of the Lua programming language
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
and the Application Program Interface (API)
|
|
|
|
that allows interaction between Lua programs and their host C~programs.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{abstract}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\def\abstractname{Resumo}
|
|
|
|
\begin{abstract}
|
|
|
|
\noindent
|
|
|
|
Lua \'e uma linguagem de programa\c{c}\~ao
|
|
|
|
poderosa e leve,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
projetada para estender aplica\c{c}\~oes.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Lua tamb\'em \'e frequentemente usada como uma linguagem de prop\'osito geral.
|
|
|
|
Lua combina programa\c{c}\~ao procedural
|
|
|
|
(com sintaxe semelhante \`a de Pascal)
|
|
|
|
com
|
|
|
|
poderosas constru\c{c}\~oes para descri\c{c}\~ao de dados,
|
|
|
|
baseadas em tabelas associativas e sem\^antica extens\'\i vel.
|
|
|
|
Lua \'e
|
|
|
|
tipada dinamicamente,
|
|
|
|
interpretada a partir de \emph{bytecodes},
|
|
|
|
e tem gerenciamento autom\'atico de mem\'oria com coleta de lixo.
|
|
|
|
Essas caracter\'{\i}sticas fazem de Lua uma linguagem ideal para
|
|
|
|
configura\c{c}\~ao,
|
|
|
|
automa\c{c}\~ao (\emph{scripting})
|
|
|
|
e prototipagem r\'apida.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Este documento descreve a vers\~ao \Version\ da linguagem de
|
|
|
|
programa\c{c}\~ao Lua e a Interface de Programa\c{c}\~ao (API) que permite
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
a intera\c{c}\~ao entre programas Lua e programas C~hospedeiros.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{abstract}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\newpage
|
|
|
|
\null
|
|
|
|
\newpage
|
1997-02-21 18:19:37 +03:00
|
|
|
\tableofcontents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\newpage
|
|
|
|
\setcounter{page}{1}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\pagenumbering{arabic}
|
1997-02-21 18:19:37 +03:00
|
|
|
\pagestyle{plain}
|
|
|
|
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\section{Introduction}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lua is an extension programming language designed to support
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
general procedural programming with data description
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
facilities.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Lua is intended to be used as a powerful, light-weight
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
configuration language for any program that needs one.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lua is implemented as a library, written in C.
|
|
|
|
Being an extension language, Lua has no notion of a ``main'' program:
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
it only works \emph{embedded} in a host client,
|
|
|
|
called the \emph{embedding} program.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
This host program can invoke functions to execute a piece of
|
|
|
|
code in Lua, can write and read Lua variables,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
and can register C~functions to be called by Lua code.
|
|
|
|
Through the use of C~functions, Lua can be augmented to cope with
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
a wide range of different domains,
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
thus creating customized programming languages sharing a syntactical framework.
|
|
|
|
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
Lua is free-distribution software,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
and is provided as usual with no guarantees,
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
as stated in its copyright notice.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
The implementation described in this manual is available
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
at the following URL's:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
http://www.tecgraf.puc-rio.br/lua/
|
|
|
|
ftp://ftp.tecgraf.puc-rio.br/pub/lua/
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Like any other reference manual,
|
|
|
|
this document is dry in places.
|
|
|
|
For a discussion of the decisions behind the design of Lua,
|
|
|
|
see the papers below,
|
|
|
|
which are available at the web site above.
|
|
|
|
\begin{itemize}
|
|
|
|
\item
|
|
|
|
R.~Ierusalimschy, L.~H.~de Figueiredo, and W.~Celes.
|
|
|
|
Lua---an extensible extension language.
|
|
|
|
\emph{Software: Practice \& Experience} {\bf 26} \#6 (1996) 635--652.
|
|
|
|
\item
|
|
|
|
L.~H.~de Figueiredo, R.~Ierusalimschy, and W.~Celes.
|
|
|
|
The design and implementation of a language for extending applications.
|
|
|
|
\emph{Proceedings of XXI Brazilian Seminar on Software and Hardware} (1994) 273--283.
|
|
|
|
\item
|
|
|
|
L.~H.~de Figueiredo, R.~Ierusalimschy, and W.~Celes.
|
|
|
|
Lua: an extensible embedded language.
|
|
|
|
\emph{Dr. Dobb's Journal} {\bf 21} \#12 (Dec 1996) 26--33.
|
|
|
|
\end{itemize}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1996-01-30 18:24:49 +03:00
|
|
|
\section{Environment and Chunks}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All statements in Lua are executed in a \Def{global environment}.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
This environment is initialized with a call from the embedding program to
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|lua_open| and
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
persists until a call to \verb|lua_close|,
|
|
|
|
or the end of the embedding program.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
If necessary,
|
|
|
|
the host programmer can create multiple independent global
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
environments, and freely switch between them \see{mangstate}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The global environment can be manipulated by Lua code or
|
|
|
|
by the embedding program,
|
|
|
|
which can read and write global variables
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
using API functions from the library that implements Lua.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\Index{Global variables} in Lua do not need to be declared.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
Any variable is assumed to be global unless explicitly declared local
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
\see{localvar}.
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
Before the first assignment, the value of a global variable is \nil;
|
|
|
|
this default can be changed \see{tag-method}.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
A table is used to keep all global names and values
|
|
|
|
(tables are explained in \See{TypesSec}).
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The unit of execution of Lua is called a \Def{chunk}.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
A chunk is simply a sequence of statements,
|
|
|
|
which are executed sequentially.
|
|
|
|
Each statement can be optionally followed by a semicolon:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{chunk}{\rep{stat \opt{\ter{;}}}}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
Statements are described in \See{stats}.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
(The notation above is the usual extended BNF,
|
|
|
|
in which
|
|
|
|
\rep{\emph{a}} means 0 or more \emph{a}'s,
|
|
|
|
\opt{\emph{a}} means an optional \emph{a}, and
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\oneormore{\emph{a}} means one or more \emph{a}'s.
|
|
|
|
The complete syntax of Lua is given on page~\pageref{BNF}.)
|
1997-07-02 21:09:48 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
A chunk may be stored in a file or in a string inside the host program.
|
|
|
|
When a chunk is executed, first it is pre-compiled into bytecodes for
|
|
|
|
a virtual machine, and then the statements are executed in sequential order.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
All modifications a chunk effects on the global environment persist
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
after the chunk ends.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
Chunks may also be pre-compiled into binary form;
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
see program \IndexVerb{luac} for details.
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
Text files with chunks and their binary pre-compiled forms
|
1996-03-20 01:39:07 +03:00
|
|
|
are interchangeable.
|
|
|
|
Lua automatically detects the file type and acts accordingly.
|
|
|
|
\index{pre-compilation}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\section{\Index{Types and Tags}} \label{TypesSec}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Lua is a \emph{dynamically typed language}.
|
|
|
|
This means that
|
|
|
|
variables do not have types; only values do.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
Therefore, there are no type definitions in the language.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
All values carry their own type.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Besides a type, all values also have a \IndexEmph{tag}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
There are six \Index{basic types} in Lua: \Def{nil}, \Def{number},
|
|
|
|
\Def{string}, \Def{function}, \Def{userdata}, and \Def{table}.
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\emph{Nil} is the type of the value \nil,
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
whose main property is to be different from any other value.
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
\emph{Number} represents real (double-precision floating-point) numbers,
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
while \emph{string} has the usual meaning.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\index{eight-bit clean}
|
|
|
|
Lua is 8-bit clean,
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
and so strings may contain any 8-bit character,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\emph{including} embedded zeros (\verb|'\0'|) \see{lexical}.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The \verb|type| function returns a string describing the type
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
of a given value \see{pdf-type}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Functions are considered \emph{first-class values} in Lua.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
This means that functions can be stored in variables,
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
passed as arguments to other functions, and returned as results.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
Lua can call (and manipulate) functions written in Lua and
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
functions written in C.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The kinds of functions can be distinguished by their tags:
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
all Lua functions have the same tag,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
and all C~functions have the same tag,
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
which is different from the tag of Lua functions.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The \verb|tag| function returns the tag
|
|
|
|
of a given value \see{pdf-tag}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
The type \emph{userdata} is provided to allow
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
arbitrary \Index{C pointers} to be stored in Lua variables.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
This type corresponds to a \verb|void*|
|
|
|
|
and has no pre-defined operations in Lua,
|
|
|
|
except for assignment and equality test.
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
However, by using \emph{tag methods},
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
the programmer can define operations for \emph{userdata} values
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\see{tag-method}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
The type \emph{table} implements \Index{associative arrays},
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
that is, \Index{arrays} that can be indexed not only with numbers,
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
but with any value (except \nil).
|
|
|
|
Therefore, this type may be used not only to represent ordinary arrays,
|
|
|
|
but also symbol tables, sets, records, etc.
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
Tables are the main data structuring mechanism in Lua.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
To represent \Index{records}, Lua uses the field name as an index.
|
|
|
|
The language supports this representation by
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
providing \verb|a.name| as syntactic sugar for \verb|a["name"]|.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Tables may also carry \emph{methods}:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
Because functions are first class values,
|
|
|
|
table fields may contain functions.
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
The form \verb|t:f(x)| is syntactic sugar for \verb|t.f(t,x)|,
|
|
|
|
which calls the method \verb|f| from the table \verb|t| passing
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
the table itself as the first parameter \see{func-def}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
Note that tables are \emph{objects}, and not values.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Variables do not contain tables, only \emph{references} to them.
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
Assignment, parameter passing, and returns always manipulate references
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
to tables, and do not imply any kind of copy.
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
Moreover, tables must be explicitly created before used
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
\see{tableconstructor}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Each of the types \M{nil}, \M{number}, and \M{string} has a different tag.
|
|
|
|
All values of each of these types have the same pre-defined tag.
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
Values of type \M{function} can have two different tags,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
depending on whether they are Lua functions or C~functions.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Finally,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
values of type \M{userdata} and \M{table} can have variable tags,
|
|
|
|
assigned by the programmer \see{tag-method}.
|
|
|
|
The function \verb|tag| returns the tag of a given value.
|
|
|
|
User tags are created with the function \verb|newtag|,
|
|
|
|
The function \verb|settag| \see{pdf-newtag}
|
|
|
|
is used to change the tag of a table.
|
|
|
|
The data of userdata can only be set from~C.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Tags are mainly used to select \emph{tag methods} when
|
|
|
|
some events occur.
|
|
|
|
Tag methods are the main mechanism for extending the
|
|
|
|
semantics of Lua \see{tag-method}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\section{The Language}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
This section describes the lexis, the syntax, and the semantics of Lua.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{Lexical Conventions} \label{lexical}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\IndexEmph{Identifiers} in Lua can be any string of letters,
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
digits, and underscores,
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
not beginning with a digit.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
This coincides with the definition of identifiers in most languages,
|
|
|
|
except that
|
|
|
|
the definition of letter depends on the current locale:
|
1997-07-02 21:09:48 +04:00
|
|
|
Any character considered alphabetic by the current locale
|
|
|
|
can be used in an identifier.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The following words are \emph{reserved}, and cannot be used as identifiers:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\index{reserved words}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
and break do else elseif
|
|
|
|
end for function if in
|
|
|
|
local nil not or repeat
|
|
|
|
return then until while
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-02 21:09:48 +04:00
|
|
|
Lua is a case-sensitive language:
|
|
|
|
\T{and} is a reserved word, but \T{And} and \T{\'and}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
(if the locale permits) are two different, valid identifiers.
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
As a convention, identifiers starting with underscore followed by
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
uppercase letters (such as \verb|_INPUT|)
|
|
|
|
are reserved for internal variables.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following strings denote other \Index{tokens}:
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
~= <= >= < > == = + - * / %
|
|
|
|
( ) { } [ ] ; , . .. ...
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\IndexEmph{Literal strings}
|
|
|
|
can be delimited by matching single or double quotes,
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
and can contain the C-like escape sequences
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
`\verb|\a|' (bell),
|
|
|
|
`\verb|\b|' (backspace),
|
|
|
|
`\verb|\f|' (form feed),
|
|
|
|
`\verb|\n|' (newline),
|
|
|
|
`\verb|\r|' (carriage return),
|
|
|
|
`\verb|\t|' (horizontal tab),
|
|
|
|
`\verb|\v|' (vertical tab),
|
|
|
|
`\verb|\\|' (backslash),
|
|
|
|
`\verb|\"|' (double quote),
|
|
|
|
`\verb|\'|' (single quote),
|
|
|
|
and `\verb|\|\emph{newline}' (that is, a backslash followed by a real newline,
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
which results in a newline in the string).
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
A character in a string may also be specified by its numerical value,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
through the escape sequence `\verb|\|\emph{ddd}',
|
|
|
|
where \emph{ddd} is a sequence of up to three \emph{decimal} digits.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Strings in Lua may contain any 8-bit value, including embedded zeros,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
which can be specified as `\verb|\000|'.
|
1998-06-07 01:05:52 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Literal strings can also be delimited by matching \verb|[[| \dots\ \verb|]]|.
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
Literals in this bracketed form may run for several lines,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
may contain nested \verb|[[| \dots\ \verb|]]| pairs,
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
and do not interpret escape sequences.
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
This form is specially convenient for
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
writing strings that contain program pieces or
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
other quoted strings.
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
As an example, in a system using ASCII,
|
|
|
|
the following three literals are equivalent:
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
1) "alo\n123\""
|
|
|
|
2) '\97lo\10\04923"'
|
|
|
|
3) [[alo
|
|
|
|
123"]]
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\IndexEmph{Comments} start anywhere outside a string with a
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
double hyphen (\verb|--|) and run until the end of the line.
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
Moreover,
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
the first line of a chunk is skipped if it starts with \verb|#|.
|
1997-07-02 21:09:48 +04:00
|
|
|
This facility allows the use of Lua as a script interpreter
|
|
|
|
in Unix systems \see{lua-sa}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\IndexEmph{Numerical constants} may be written with an optional decimal part
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
and an optional decimal exponent.
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
Examples of valid numerical constants are
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
3 3.0 3.1416 314.16e-2 0.31416E1
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{\Index{Coercion}} \label{coercion}
|
|
|
|
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
Lua provides some automatic conversions between values at run time.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
Any arithmetic operation applied to a string tries to convert
|
|
|
|
that string to a number, following the usual rules.
|
|
|
|
Conversely, whenever a number is used when a string is expected,
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
that number is converted to a string, in a reasonable format.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The format is chosen so that
|
|
|
|
a conversion from number to string then back to number
|
|
|
|
reproduces the original number \emph{exactly}.
|
|
|
|
Thus,
|
|
|
|
the conversion does not necessarily produces nice-looking text for some numbers.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
For complete control of how numbers are converted to strings,
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
use the \verb|format| function \see{format}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{\Index{Adjustment}} \label{adjust}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Functions in Lua can return many values.
|
|
|
|
Because there are no type declarations,
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
when a function is called
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
the system does not know how many values the function will return,
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
or how many parameters it needs.
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
Therefore, sometimes, a list of values must be \emph{adjusted}, at run time,
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
to a given length.
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
If there are more values than are needed,
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
then the excess values are thrown away.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
If there are less values than are needed,
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
then the list is extended with as many \nil's as needed.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
This adjustment occurs in multiple assignments \see{assignment}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
and in function calls \see{functioncall}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsection{Statements}\label{stats}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
Lua supports an almost conventional set of \Index{statements},
|
|
|
|
similar to those in Pascal or C.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
The conventional commands include
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
assignment, control structures, and procedure calls.
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
Non-conventional commands include table constructors
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\see{tableconstructor}
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
and local variable declarations \see{localvar}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection{Blocks}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
A \Index{block} is a list of statements;
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
syntactically, a block is equal to a chunk:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{block}{chunk}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
|
|
|
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
A block may be explicitly delimited:
|
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
|
|
|
\produc{stat}{\rwd{do} block \rwd{end}}
|
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
This is useful to control the scope of local variables \see{localvar},
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
and to add a \rwd{return} or \rwd{break} statement in the middle
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
of another block; for instance,
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
do return end -- return is the last statement in this block
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection{\Index{Assignment}} \label{assignment}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Lua allows \Index{multiple assignment}.
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
Therefore, the syntax for assignment
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
defines a list of variables on the left side
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
and a list of expressions on the right side.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The elements in both lists are separated by commas:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
|
|
|
\produc{stat}{varlist1 \ter{=} explist1}
|
|
|
|
\produc{varlist1}{var \rep{\ter{,} var}}
|
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
|
|
|
This statement first evaluates all values on the right side
|
|
|
|
and eventual indices on the left side,
|
|
|
|
and then makes the assignments.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
So
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
i = 3
|
|
|
|
i, a[i] = 4, 20
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
sets \verb|a[3]| to 20, but does not affect \verb|a[4]|
|
|
|
|
because the \verb|i| in \verb|a[i]| is evaluated
|
|
|
|
before it is assigned \verb|4|.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Multiple assignment can be used to exchange two values, as in
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
x, y = y, x
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The two lists in a multiple assignment may have different lengths.
|
|
|
|
Before the assignment, the list of values is adjusted to
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
the length of the list of variables \see{adjust}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
A single name can denote a global variable, a local variable,
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
or a formal parameter:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
|
|
|
\produc{var}{name}
|
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
Square brackets are used to index a table:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{var}{varorfunc \ter{[} exp1 \ter{]}}
|
|
|
|
\produc{varorfunc}{var \Or functioncall}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
The \M{varorfunc} should result in a table value,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
from where the field indexed by the expression \M{exp1}
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
value gets the assigned value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The syntax \verb|var.NAME| is just syntactic sugar for
|
|
|
|
\verb|var["NAME"]|:
|
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{var}{varorfunc \ter{.} name}
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The meaning of assignments and evaluations of global variables and
|
|
|
|
indexed variables can be changed by tag methods \see{tag-method}.
|
|
|
|
Actually,
|
|
|
|
an assignment \verb|x = val|, where \verb|x| is a global variable,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
is equivalent to a call \verb|setglobal("x", val)|;
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
an assignment \verb|t[i] = val| is equivalent to
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|settable_event(t,i,val)|.
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
See \See{tag-method} for a complete description of these functions.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
(The function \verb|setglobal| is defined in the basic library.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The function \T{settable\_event} is used only for explanatory purposes.)
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection{Control Structures}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The control structures
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\index{while-do}\index{repeat-until}\index{if-then-else}%
|
|
|
|
\T{if}, \T{while}, and \T{repeat} have the usual meaning and
|
|
|
|
familiar syntax:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{stat}{\rwd{while} exp1 \rwd{do} block \rwd{end}}
|
|
|
|
\produc{stat}{\rwd{repeat} block \rwd{until} exp1}
|
|
|
|
\produc{stat}{\rwd{if} exp1 \rwd{then} block
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
\rep{\rwd{elseif} exp1 \rwd{then} block}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\opt{\rwd{else} block} \rwd{end}}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
|
|
|
The \Index{condition expression} \M{exp1} of a control structure may return any value.
|
|
|
|
All values different from \nil\ are considered true;
|
|
|
|
only \nil\ is considered false.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\index{return}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
The \rwd{return} statement is used to return values
|
|
|
|
from a function or from a chunk.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
\label{return}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Because functions or chunks may return more than one value,
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
the syntax for a \Index{return statement} is
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{stat}{\rwd{return} \opt{explist1}}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\index{break}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
The \rwd{break} statement can be used to terminate the execution of a loop,
|
|
|
|
skipping to the next statement after the loop:
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{stat}{\rwd{break}}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
A \rwd{break} ends the innermost enclosing loop
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
(while, repeat, or for).
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\NOTE
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
For syntactic reasons, \rwd{return} and \rwd{break}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
statements can only be written as the last statements of a block.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection{For Statement} \label{for}\index{for}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
The \rwd{for} statement has two forms,
|
|
|
|
one for numbers and one for tables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The numerical \rwd{for} loop has the following syntax:
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
|
|
|
\produc{stat}{\rwd{for} name \ter{=} exp1 \ter{,} exp1 \opt{\ter{,} exp1}
|
|
|
|
\rwd{do} block \rwd{end}}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
A \rwd{for} statement like
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
for var = e1 ,e2, e3 do block end
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
is equivalent to the code:
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
local var, _limit, _step = tonumber(e1), tonumber(e2), tonumber(e3)
|
|
|
|
if not (var and _limit and _step) then error() end
|
|
|
|
while (_step>0 and var<=_limit) or (_step<=0 and var>=_limit) do
|
|
|
|
block
|
|
|
|
var = var+_step
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Note the following:
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\item \verb|_limit| and \verb|_step| are invisible variables.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The names are here for explanatory purposes only.
|
|
|
|
\item The behavior is \emph{undefined} if you assign to \verb|var| inside
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
the block.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\item If the third expression (the step) is absent, then a step of 1 is used.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\item Both the limit and the step are evaluated only once,
|
|
|
|
before the loop starts.
|
|
|
|
\item The variable \verb|var| is local to the statement;
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
you cannot use its value after the \rwd{for} ends.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\item You can use \rwd{break} to exit a \rwd{for}.
|
|
|
|
If you need the value of the index,
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
assign it to another variable before breaking.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{itemize}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
The table \rwd{for} statement traverses all pairs
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
(index,value) of a given table.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
It has the following syntax:
|
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{stat}{\rwd{for} name \ter{,} name \rwd{in} exp1
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\rwd{do} block \rwd{end}}
|
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
|
|
|
A \rwd{for} statement like
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
for index, value in exp do block end
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
is equivalent to the code:
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
local _t = exp
|
|
|
|
local index, value = next(t, nil)
|
|
|
|
while index do
|
|
|
|
block
|
|
|
|
index, value = next(t, index)
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Note the following:
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{itemize}\itemsep=0pt
|
|
|
|
\item \verb|_t| is an invisible variable.
|
|
|
|
The name is here for explanatory purposes only.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\item The behavior is \emph{undefined} if you assign to \verb|index| inside
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
the block.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\item The behavior is \emph{undefined} if you change
|
|
|
|
the table \verb|_t| during the traversal.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\item The variables \verb|index| and \verb|value| are local to the statement;
|
|
|
|
you cannot use their values after the \rwd{for} ends.
|
|
|
|
\item You can use \rwd{break} to exit a \rwd{for}.
|
|
|
|
If you need the value of \verb|index| or \verb|value|,
|
|
|
|
assign them to other variables before breaking.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\item The order that table elements are traversed is undefined,
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\emph{even for numerical indices}.
|
|
|
|
If you want to traverse indices in numerical order,
|
|
|
|
use a numerical \rwd{for}.
|
|
|
|
\end{itemize}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1996-02-05 17:52:47 +03:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection{Function Calls as Statements} \label{funcstat}
|
|
|
|
Because of possible side-effects,
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
function calls can be executed as statements:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
|
|
|
\produc{stat}{functioncall}
|
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
In this case, all returned values are thrown away.
|
1998-01-06 22:17:31 +03:00
|
|
|
Function calls are explained in \See{functioncall}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection{Local Declarations} \label{localvar}
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
\Index{Local variables} may be declared anywhere inside a block.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
The declaration may include an initial assignment:
|
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
|
|
|
\produc{stat}{\rwd{local} declist \opt{init}}
|
|
|
|
\produc{declist}{name \rep{\ter{,} name}}
|
|
|
|
\produc{init}{\ter{=} explist1}
|
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
If present, an initial assignment has the same semantics
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
of a multiple assignment.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, all variables are initialized with \nil.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
A chunk is also a block,
|
|
|
|
so local variables can be declared outside any explicit block.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The scope of local variables begins \emph{after}
|
|
|
|
the declaration and lasts until the end of the block.
|
|
|
|
Thus, the code
|
|
|
|
\verb|local print=print|
|
|
|
|
creates a local variable called \verb|print| whose
|
|
|
|
initial value is that of the \emph{global} variable of the same name.
|
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{\Index{Expressions}}
|
|
|
|
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection{\Index{Basic Expressions}}
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The basic expressions in Lua are
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
|
|
|
\produc{exp}{\ter{(} exp \ter{)}}
|
|
|
|
\produc{exp}{\rwd{nil}}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{exp}{number}
|
|
|
|
\produc{exp}{literal}
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\produc{exp}{function}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{exp}{var}
|
|
|
|
\produc{exp}{upvalue}
|
|
|
|
\produc{exp}{functioncall}
|
|
|
|
\produc{exp}{tableconstructor}
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
Numbers (numerical constants) and
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
literal strings are explained in \See{lexical};
|
1998-01-06 22:17:31 +03:00
|
|
|
variables are explained in \See{assignment};
|
|
|
|
upvalues are explained in \See{upvalue};
|
|
|
|
function definitions (\M{function}) are explained in \See{func-def};
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
function calls are explained in \See{functioncall}.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Table constructors are explained in \See{tableconstructor}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
An access to a global variable \verb|x| is equivalent to a
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
call \verb|getglobal("x")|;
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
an access to an indexed variable \verb|t[i]| is equivalent to
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
a call \verb|gettable_event(t,i)|.
|
1997-07-02 21:09:48 +04:00
|
|
|
See \See{tag-method} for a description of these functions.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
(Function \verb|getglobal| is defined in the basic library.
|
1997-07-02 21:09:48 +04:00
|
|
|
Function \T{gettable\_event} is used only for explanatory purposes.)
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
The non-terminal \M{exp1} is used to indicate that the values
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
returned by an expression must be adjusted to one single value:
|
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
|
|
|
\produc{exp1}{exp}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection{Arithmetic Operators}
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
Lua supports the usual \Index{arithmetic operators}:
|
|
|
|
the binary \verb|+| (addition),
|
|
|
|
\verb|-| (subtraction), \verb|*| (multiplication),
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|/| (division), and \verb|^| (exponentiation);
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
and unary \verb|-| (negation).
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
If the operands are numbers, or strings that can be converted to
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
numbers (according to the rules given in \See{coercion}),
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
then all operations except exponentiation have the usual meaning.
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
Otherwise, an appropriate tag method is called \see{tag-method}.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
An exponentiation always calls a tag method.
|
|
|
|
The standard mathematical library redefines this method for numbers,
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
giving the expected meaning to \Index{exponentiation}
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
\see{mathlib}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection{Relational Operators}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The \Index{relational operators} in Lua are
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
== ~= < > <= >=
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
These operators return \nil\ as false and a value different from \nil\ as true.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Equality (\verb|==|) first compares the tags of its operands.
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
If they are different, then the result is \nil.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
Otherwise, their values are compared.
|
|
|
|
Numbers and strings are compared in the usual way.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
Tables, userdata, and functions are compared by reference,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
that is, two tables are considered equal only if they are the \emph{same} table.
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
The operator \verb|~=| is exactly the negation of equality (\verb|==|).
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\NOTE
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The conversion rules of \See{coercion}
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\emph{do not} apply to equality comparisons.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Thus, \verb|"0"==0| evaluates to \emph{false},
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
and \verb|t[0]| and \verb|t["0"]| denote different
|
|
|
|
entries in a table.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\medskip
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-04-17 23:23:48 +04:00
|
|
|
The order operators work as follows.
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
If both arguments are numbers, then they are compared as such.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Otherwise, if both arguments are strings,
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
then their values are compared using lexicographical order.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Otherwise, the ``lt'' tag method is called \see{tag-method}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection{Logical Operators}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The \Index{logical operators} in Lua are
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\index{and}\index{or}\index{not}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
and or not
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Like the control structures, all logical operators
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
consider \nil\ as false and anything else as true.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The conjunction operator \verb|and| returns \nil\ if its first argument is \nil;
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
otherwise, it returns its second argument.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The disjunction operator \verb|or| returns its first argument
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
if it is different from \nil;
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
otherwise, it returns its second argument.
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
Both \verb|and| and \verb|or| use \Index{short-cut evaluation},
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
that is,
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
the second operand is evaluated only when necessary.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
There are two useful Lua idioms that use logical operators.
|
|
|
|
The first idiom is
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
x = x or v
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
which is equivalent to
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
if x == nil then x = v end
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
This idiom sets \verb|x| to a default value \verb|v| when \verb|x| is not set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The second idiom is
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
x = a and b or c
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
which should be read as \verb|x = (a and b) or c|.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
This idiom is equivalent to
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
if a then x = b else x = c end
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
provided that \verb|b| is not \nil.
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection{Concatenation} \label{concat}
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
The string \Index{concatenation} operator in Lua is
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
denoted by two dots (`\IndexVerb{..}').
|
|
|
|
If both operands are strings or numbers, then they are converted to
|
1998-01-06 22:17:31 +03:00
|
|
|
strings according to the rules in \See{coercion}.
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
Otherwise, the ``concat'' tag method is called \see{tag-method}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection{Precedence}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\Index{Operator precedence} in Lua follows the table below,
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
from the lower to the higher priority:
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
and or
|
|
|
|
< > <= >= ~= ==
|
|
|
|
..
|
|
|
|
+ -
|
|
|
|
* /
|
|
|
|
not - (unary)
|
|
|
|
^
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
All binary operators are left associative,
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
except for \verb|^| (exponentiation),
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
which is right associative.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\NOTE
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The pre-compiler may rearrange the order of evaluation of
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
associative operators (such as~\verb|..| or~\verb|+|),
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
as long as these optimizations do not change normal results.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
However, these optimizations may change some results
|
|
|
|
if you define non-associative
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
tag methods for these operators.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection{Table Constructors} \label{tableconstructor}
|
|
|
|
Table \Index{constructors} are expressions that create tables;
|
|
|
|
every time a constructor is evaluated, a new table is created.
|
|
|
|
Constructors can be used to create empty tables,
|
|
|
|
or to create a table and initialize some fields.
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
The general syntax for constructors is
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
|
|
|
\produc{tableconstructor}{\ter{\{} fieldlist \ter{\}}}
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\produc{fieldlist}{lfieldlist \Or ffieldlist \Or lfieldlist \ter{;} ffieldlist
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\Or ffieldlist \ter{;} lfieldlist}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\produc{lfieldlist}{\opt{lfieldlist1}}
|
|
|
|
\produc{ffieldlist}{\opt{ffieldlist1}}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
The form \emph{lfieldlist1} is used to initialize lists:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
|
|
|
\produc{lfieldlist1}{exp \rep{\ter{,} exp} \opt{\ter{,}}}
|
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
The expressions in the list are assigned to consecutive numerical indices,
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
starting with 1.
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
For example,
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
a = {"v1", "v2", 34}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
is equivalent to
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
local temp = {}
|
|
|
|
temp[1] = "v1"
|
|
|
|
temp[2] = "v2"
|
|
|
|
temp[3] = 34
|
|
|
|
a = temp
|
|
|
|
end
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
The form \emph{ffieldlist1} initializes other fields in a table:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
|
|
|
\produc{ffieldlist1}{ffield \rep{\ter{,} ffield} \opt{\ter{,}}}
|
1997-07-02 21:09:48 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{ffield}{\ter{[} exp \ter{]} \ter{=} exp \Or name \ter{=} exp}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
For example,
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
a = {[f(k)] = g(y), x = 1, y = 3, [0] = b+c}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
is equivalent to
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
local temp = {}
|
|
|
|
temp[f(k)] = g(y)
|
|
|
|
temp.x = 1 -- or temp["x"] = 1
|
|
|
|
temp.y = 3 -- or temp["y"] = 3
|
|
|
|
temp[0] = b+c
|
|
|
|
a = temp
|
|
|
|
end
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
An expression like \verb|{x = 1, y = 4}| is
|
|
|
|
in fact syntactic sugar for \verb|{["x"] = 1, ["y"] = 4}|.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
Both forms may have an optional trailing comma,
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
and can be used in the same constructor separated by
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
a semi-colon.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
For example, all forms below are correct.
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
x = {;}
|
|
|
|
x = {"a", "b",}
|
|
|
|
x = {type="list"; "a", "b"}
|
|
|
|
x = {f(0), f(1), f(2),; n=3,}
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection{Function Calls} \label{functioncall}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
A \Index{function call} in Lua has the following syntax:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{functioncall}{varorfunc args}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
First, \M{varorfunc} is evaluated.
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
If its value has type \emph{function},
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
then this function is called,
|
|
|
|
with the given arguments.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Otherwise, the ``function'' tag method is called,
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
having as first parameter the value of \M{varorfunc},
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
and then the original call arguments.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The form
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{functioncall}{varorfunc \ter{:} name args}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
|
|
|
can be used to call ``methods''.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
A call \verb|v:name(...)|
|
|
|
|
is syntactic sugar for \verb|v.name(v, ...)|,
|
|
|
|
except that \verb|v| is evaluated only once.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
Arguments have the following syntax:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{args}{\ter{(} \opt{explist1} \ter{)}}
|
|
|
|
\produc{args}{tableconstructor}
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{args}{\Nter{literal}}
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{explist1}{\rep{exp1 \ter{,}} exp}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
All argument expressions are evaluated before the call.
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
A call of the form \verb|f{...}| is syntactic sugar for
|
|
|
|
\verb|f({...})|, that is,
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
the parameter list is a single new table.
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
A call of the form \verb|f'...'|
|
|
|
|
(or \verb|f"..."| or \verb|f[[...]]|) is syntactic sugar for
|
|
|
|
\verb|f('...')|, that is,
|
|
|
|
the parameter list is a single literal string.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Because a function can return any number of results
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
\see{return},
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
the number of results must be adjusted before they are used.
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
If the function is called as a statement \see{funcstat},
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
then its return list is adjusted to~0,
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
thus discarding all returned values.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
If the function is called in a place that needs a single value
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
(syntactically denoted by the non-terminal \M{exp1}),
|
|
|
|
then its return list is adjusted to~1,
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
thus discarding all returned values but the first one.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
If the function is called in a place that can hold many values
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
(syntactically denoted by the non-terminal \M{exp}),
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
then no adjustment is made.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The only places that can hold many values
|
|
|
|
is the last (or the only) expression in an assignment,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
in an argument list, or in a return statement.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Here are some examples:
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
f(); -- adjusted to 0 results
|
|
|
|
g(f(), x); -- f() is adjusted to 1 result
|
|
|
|
g(x, f()); -- g gets x plus all values returned by f()
|
|
|
|
a,b,c = f(), x; -- f() is adjusted to 1 result (and c gets nil)
|
|
|
|
a,b,c = x, f(); -- f() is adjusted to 2
|
|
|
|
a,b,c = f(); -- f() is adjusted to 3
|
|
|
|
return f(); -- returns all values returned by f()
|
|
|
|
return x,y,f(); -- returns a, b, and all values returned by f()
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection{\Index{Function Definitions}} \label{func-def}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
The syntax for function definition is
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\produc{function}{\rwd{function} \ter{(} \opt{parlist1} \ter{)}
|
|
|
|
block \rwd{end}}
|
|
|
|
\produc{stat}{\rwd{function} funcname \ter{(} \opt{parlist1} \ter{)}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
block \rwd{end}}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{funcname}{name \Or name \ter{.} name \Or name \ter{:} name}
|
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
The statement
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function f () ... end
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
is just syntactic sugar for
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
f = function () ... end
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
and the statement
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function v.f () ... end
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
is syntactic sugar for
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
v.f = function () ... end
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
A function definition is an executable expression,
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
whose value has type \emph{function}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
When Lua pre-compiles a chunk,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
all its function bodies are pre-compiled too.
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
Then, whenever Lua executes the function definition,
|
|
|
|
its upvalues are fixed \see{upvalue},
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
and the function is \emph{instantiated} (or \emph{closed}).
|
|
|
|
This function instance (or \emph{closure})
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
is the final value of the expression.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
Different instances of the same function
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
may have different upvalues.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameters act as local variables,
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
initialized with the argument values:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{parlist1}{\ter{\ldots}}
|
|
|
|
\produc{parlist1}{name \rep{\ter{,} name} \opt{\ter{,} \ter{\ldots}}}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\label{vararg}
|
|
|
|
When a function is called,
|
|
|
|
the list of \Index{arguments} is adjusted to
|
|
|
|
the length of the list of parameters \see{adjust},
|
|
|
|
unless the function is a \Def{vararg} function,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
which is
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
indicated by three dots (`\verb|...|') at the end of its parameter list.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
A vararg function does not adjust its argument list;
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
instead, it collects all extra arguments into an implicit parameter,
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
called \IndexVerb{arg}.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The value of \verb|arg| is a table,
|
|
|
|
with a field~\verb|n| whose value is the number of extra arguments,
|
|
|
|
and the extra arguments at positions 1,~2,~\ldots,\M{n}.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
As an example, consider the following definitions:
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function f(a, b) end
|
|
|
|
function g(a, b, ...) end
|
|
|
|
function r() return 1,2,3 end
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
Then, we have the following mapping from arguments to parameters:
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
CALL PARAMETERS
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
f(3) a=3, b=nil
|
|
|
|
f(3, 4) a=3, b=4
|
|
|
|
f(3, 4, 5) a=3, b=4
|
|
|
|
f(r(), 10) a=1, b=10
|
|
|
|
f(r()) a=1, b=2
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
g(3) a=3, b=nil, arg={n=0}
|
|
|
|
g(3, 4) a=3, b=4, arg={n=0}
|
|
|
|
g(3, 4, 5, 8) a=3, b=4, arg={5, 8; n=2}
|
|
|
|
g(5, r()) a=5, b=1, arg={2, 3; n=2}
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
Results are returned using the \rwd{return} statement \see{return}.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
If control reaches the end of a function
|
|
|
|
without encountering a \rwd{return} statement,
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
then the function returns with no results.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The syntax
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{funcname}{name \ter{:} name}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
is used for defining \IndexEmph{methods},
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
that is, functions that have an implicit extra parameter \IndexVerb{self}:
|
|
|
|
Thus, the statement
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function v:f (...) ... end
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
is equivalent to
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
v.f = function (self, ...) ... end
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Note that the function gets an extra formal parameter called \verb|self|.
|
|
|
|
Note also that \verb|v| must have been
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
previously initialized with a table value.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1998-04-02 20:09:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsection{Visibility and Upvalues} \label{upvalue}
|
|
|
|
\index{Visibility} \index{Upvalues}
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A function body may refer to its own local variables
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
(which include its parameters) and to global variables,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
as long as they are not \emph{shadowed} by local
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
variables from enclosing functions.
|
|
|
|
A function \emph{cannot} access a local
|
|
|
|
variable from an enclosing function,
|
|
|
|
since such variables may no longer exist when the function is called.
|
|
|
|
However, a function may access the \emph{value} of a local variable
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
from an enclosing function, using \emph{upvalues},
|
|
|
|
whose syntax is
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
|
|
|
\produc{upvalue}{\ter{\%} name}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{Produc}%
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
An upvalue is somewhat similar to a variable expression,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
but whose value is \emph{frozen} when the function wherein it
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
appears is instantiated.
|
|
|
|
The name used in an upvalue may be the name of any variable visible
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
at the point where the function is defined,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
that is,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
global variables and local variables from the immediately enclosing function.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Note that when the upvalue is a table,
|
|
|
|
only the \emph{reference} to that table
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
(which is the value of the upvalue) is frozen;
|
|
|
|
the table contents can be changed at will.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Using table values as upvalues is a technique for having
|
|
|
|
writable but private state attached to functions.
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
Here are some examples:
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
a,b,c = 1,2,3 -- global variables
|
|
|
|
local d
|
|
|
|
function f (x)
|
|
|
|
local b = {} -- x and b are local to f; b shadows the global b
|
|
|
|
local g = function (a)
|
|
|
|
local y -- a and y are local to g
|
|
|
|
p = a -- OK, access local `a'
|
|
|
|
p = c -- OK, access global `c'
|
|
|
|
p = b -- ERROR: cannot access a variable in outer scope
|
|
|
|
p = %b -- OK, access frozen value of `b' (local to `f')
|
|
|
|
%b = 3 -- ERROR: cannot change an upvalue
|
|
|
|
%b.x = 3 -- OK, change the table contents
|
|
|
|
p = %c -- OK, access frozen value of global `c'
|
|
|
|
p = %y -- ERROR: `y' is not visible where `g' is defined
|
|
|
|
p = %d -- ERROR: `d' is not visible where `g' is defined
|
|
|
|
end -- g
|
|
|
|
end -- f
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsection{Error Handling} \label{error}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Because Lua is an extension language,
|
|
|
|
all Lua actions start from C~code in the host program
|
|
|
|
calling a function from the Lua library.
|
|
|
|
Whenever an error occurs during Lua compilation or execution,
|
|
|
|
the function \verb|_ERRORMESSAGE| is called \Deffunc{_ERRORMESSAGE}
|
|
|
|
(provided it is different from \nil),
|
|
|
|
and then the corresponding function from the library
|
|
|
|
(\verb|lua_dofile|, \verb|lua_dostring|,
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_dobuffer|, or \verb|lua_callfunction|)
|
|
|
|
is terminated, returning an error condition.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Memory allocation errors are an exception to the previous rule.
|
|
|
|
When memory allocation fails, Lua may not be able to execute the
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|_ERRORMESSAGE| function.
|
|
|
|
So, for this kind of error, Lua does not call
|
|
|
|
the \verb|_ERRORMESSAGE| function;
|
|
|
|
instead, the corresponding function from the library
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
returns immediately with a special error code (\verb|LUA_ERRMEM|).
|
|
|
|
This and other error codes are defined in \verb|lua.h|.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The only argument to \verb|_ERRORMESSAGE| is a string
|
|
|
|
describing the error.
|
|
|
|
The default definition for
|
|
|
|
this function calls \verb|_ALERT|, \Deffunc{_ALERT}
|
|
|
|
which prints the message to \verb|stderr| \see{alert}.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The standard I/O library redefines \verb|_ERRORMESSAGE|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
and uses the debug facilities \see{debugI}
|
|
|
|
to print some extra information,
|
|
|
|
such as a call stack traceback.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Lua code can explicitly generate an error by calling the
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
function \verb|error| \see{pdf-error}.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Lua code can ``catch'' an error using the function
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|call| \see{pdf-call}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsection{Tag Methods} \label{tag-method}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lua provides a powerful mechanism to extend its semantics,
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
called \Def{tag methods}.
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
A tag method is a programmer-defined function
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
that is called at specific key points during the evaluation of a program,
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
allowing the programmer to change the standard Lua behavior at these points.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Each of these points is called an \Def{event}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The tag method called for any specific event is selected
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
according to the tag of the values involved
|
|
|
|
in the event \see{TypesSec}.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The function \IndexVerb{settagmethod} changes the tag method
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
associated with a given pair \M{(tag, event)}.
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
Its first parameter is the tag, the second parameter is the event name
|
|
|
|
(a string; see below),
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
and the third parameter is the new method (a function),
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
or \nil\ to restore the default behavior for the pair.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The \verb|settagmethod| function returns the previous tag method for that pair.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
A companion function \IndexVerb{gettagmethod}
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
receives a tag and an event name and returns the
|
|
|
|
current method associated with the pair.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tag methods are called in the following events,
|
|
|
|
identified by the given names.
|
|
|
|
The semantics of tag methods is better explained by a Lua function
|
|
|
|
describing the behavior of the interpreter at each event.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
This function not only shows when a tag method is called,
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
but also its arguments, its results, and the default behavior.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The code shown here is only \emph{illustrative};
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
the real behavior is hard coded in the interpreter,
|
1997-07-05 02:35:38 +04:00
|
|
|
and it is much more efficient than this simulation.
|
|
|
|
All functions used in these descriptions
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
(\verb|rawget|, \verb|tonumber|, \verb|call|, etc.)
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
are described in \See{predefined}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin{description}
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[``add'':]\index{add event}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
called when a \verb|+| operation is applied to non-numerical operands.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The function \verb|getbinmethod| below defines how Lua chooses a tag method
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
for a binary operation.
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
First, Lua tries the first operand.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
If its tag does not define a tag method for the operation,
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
then Lua tries the second operand.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
If it also fails, then it gets a tag method from tag~0.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function getbinmethod (op1, op2, event)
|
|
|
|
return gettagmethod(tag(op1), event) or
|
|
|
|
gettagmethod(tag(op2), event) or
|
|
|
|
gettagmethod(0, event)
|
|
|
|
end
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Using this function,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
the tag method for the ``add'' event is
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
function add_event (op1, op2)
|
|
|
|
local o1, o2 = tonumber(op1), tonumber(op2)
|
|
|
|
if o1 and o2 then -- both operands are numeric
|
|
|
|
return o1+o2 -- '+' here is the primitive 'add'
|
|
|
|
else -- at least one of the operands is not numeric
|
|
|
|
local tm = getbinmethod(op1, op2, "add")
|
|
|
|
if tm then
|
|
|
|
-- call the method with both operands and an extra
|
|
|
|
-- argument with the event name
|
|
|
|
return tm(op1, op2, "add")
|
|
|
|
else -- no tag method available: default behavior
|
|
|
|
error("unexpected type at arithmetic operation")
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[``sub'':]\index{sub event}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
called when a \verb|-| operation is applied to non-numerical operands.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Behavior similar to the ``add'' event.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[``mul'':]\index{mul event}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
called when a \verb|*| operation is applied to non-numerical operands.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Behavior similar to the ``add'' event.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[``div'':]\index{div event}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
called when a \verb|/| operation is applied to non-numerical operands.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Behavior similar to the ``add'' event.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[``pow'':]\index{pow event}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
called when a \verb|^| operation (exponentiation) is applied,
|
|
|
|
even for numerical operands.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function pow_event (op1, op2)
|
|
|
|
local tm = getbinmethod(op1, op2, "pow")
|
|
|
|
if tm then
|
|
|
|
-- call the method with both operands and an extra
|
|
|
|
-- argument with the event name
|
|
|
|
return tm(op1, op2, "pow")
|
|
|
|
else -- no tag method available: default behavior
|
|
|
|
error("unexpected type at arithmetic operation")
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[``unm'':]\index{unm event}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
called when a unary \verb|-| operation is applied to a non-numerical operand.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function unm_event (op)
|
|
|
|
local o = tonumber(op)
|
|
|
|
if o then -- operand is numeric
|
|
|
|
return -o -- '-' here is the primitive 'unm'
|
|
|
|
else -- the operand is not numeric.
|
|
|
|
-- Try to get a tag method from the operand;
|
|
|
|
-- if it does not have one, try a "global" one (tag 0)
|
|
|
|
local tm = gettagmethod(tag(op), "unm") or
|
|
|
|
gettagmethod(0, "unm")
|
|
|
|
if tm then
|
|
|
|
-- call the method with the operand, nil, and an extra
|
|
|
|
-- argument with the event name
|
|
|
|
return tm(op, nil, "unm")
|
|
|
|
else -- no tag method available: default behavior
|
|
|
|
error("unexpected type at arithmetic operation")
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[``lt'':]\index{lt event}
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
called when an order operation is applied to non-numerical
|
|
|
|
or non-string operands.
|
|
|
|
It corresponds to the \verb|<| operator.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function lt_event (op1, op2)
|
|
|
|
if type(op1) == "number" and type(op2) == "number" then
|
|
|
|
return op1 < op2 -- numeric comparison
|
|
|
|
elseif type(op1) == "string" and type(op2) == "string" then
|
|
|
|
return op1 < op2 -- lexicographic comparison
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
local tm = getbinmethod(op1, op2, "lt")
|
|
|
|
if tm then
|
|
|
|
return tm(op1, op2, "lt")
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
error("unexpected type at comparison");
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The other order operators use this tag method according to the
|
|
|
|
usual equivalences:
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
a>b <=> b<a
|
|
|
|
a<=b <=> not (b<a)
|
|
|
|
a>=b <=> not (a<b)
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[``concat'':]\index{concatenation event}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
called when a concatenation is applied to non-string operands.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function concat_event (op1, op2)
|
|
|
|
if (type(op1) == "string" or type(op1) == "number") and
|
|
|
|
(type(op2) == "string" or type(op2) == "number") then
|
|
|
|
return op1..op2 -- primitive string concatenation
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
local tm = getbinmethod(op1, op2, "concat")
|
|
|
|
if tm then
|
|
|
|
return tm(op1, op2, "concat")
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
error("unexpected type for concatenation")
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[``index'':]\index{index event}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
called when Lua tries to retrieve the value of an index
|
|
|
|
not present in a table.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
See the ``gettable'' event for its semantics.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[``getglobal'':]\index{getglobal event}
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
called whenever Lua needs the value of a global variable.
|
1997-06-20 23:28:16 +04:00
|
|
|
This method can only be set for \nil\ and for tags
|
|
|
|
created by \verb|newtag|.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Note that
|
|
|
|
the tag is that of the \emph{current value} of the global variable.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function getglobal (varname)
|
|
|
|
-- access the table of globals
|
|
|
|
local value = rawget(globals(), varname)
|
|
|
|
local tm = gettagmethod(tag(value), "getglobal")
|
|
|
|
if not tm then
|
|
|
|
return value
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return tm(varname, value)
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The function \verb|getglobal| is defined in the basic library~\see{predefined}.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[``setglobal'':]\index{setglobal event}
|
|
|
|
called whenever Lua assigns to a global variable.
|
1997-07-05 02:35:38 +04:00
|
|
|
This method cannot be set for numbers, strings, and tables and
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
userdata with the default tag.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function setglobal (varname, newvalue)
|
|
|
|
local oldvalue = rawget(globals(), varname)
|
|
|
|
local tm = gettagmethod(tag(oldvalue), "setglobal")
|
|
|
|
if not tm then
|
|
|
|
rawset(globals(), varname, newvalue)
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
tm(varname, oldvalue, newvalue)
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The function \verb|setglobal| is defined in the basic library~\see{predefined}.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[``gettable'':]\index{gettable event}
|
|
|
|
called whenever Lua accesses an indexed variable.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
This method cannot be set for tables with the default tag.
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
function gettable_event (table, index)
|
|
|
|
local tm = gettagmethod(tag(table), "gettable")
|
|
|
|
if tm then
|
|
|
|
return tm(table, index)
|
|
|
|
elseif type(table) ~= "table" then
|
|
|
|
error("indexed expression not a table");
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
local v = rawget(table, index)
|
|
|
|
tm = gettagmethod(tag(table), "index")
|
|
|
|
if v == nil and tm then
|
|
|
|
return tm(table, index)
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
return v
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[``settable'':]\index{settable event}
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
called when Lua assigns to an indexed variable.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
This method cannot be set for tables with the default tag.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function settable_event (table, index, value)
|
|
|
|
local tm = gettagmethod(tag(table), "settable")
|
|
|
|
if tm then
|
|
|
|
tm(table, index, value)
|
|
|
|
elseif type(table) ~= "table" then
|
|
|
|
error("indexed expression not a table")
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
rawset(table, index, value)
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[``function'':]\index{function event}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
called when Lua tries to call a non-function value.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function function_event (func, ...)
|
|
|
|
if type(func) == "function" then
|
|
|
|
return call(func, arg)
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
local tm = gettagmethod(tag(func), "function")
|
|
|
|
if tm then
|
|
|
|
for i=arg.n,1,-1 do
|
|
|
|
arg[i+1] = arg[i]
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
arg.n = arg.n+1
|
|
|
|
arg[1] = func
|
|
|
|
return call(tm, arg)
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
error("call expression not a function")
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[``gc'':]\index{gc event}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
called when Lua is ``garbage collecting'' a userdata.
|
|
|
|
This tag method can be set only from~C,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
and cannot be set for a userdata with the default tag.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
For each userdata to be collected,
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Lua does the equivalent of the following function:
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function gc_event (obj)
|
|
|
|
local tm = gettagmethod(tag(obj), "gc")
|
|
|
|
if tm then
|
|
|
|
tm(obj)
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
In a garbage-collection cicle,
|
|
|
|
the tag methods for userdata are called in reverse
|
|
|
|
order of tag creation:
|
|
|
|
That is, the first tag methods to be called are those associated
|
|
|
|
with the last tag created in the program.
|
|
|
|
Moreover, at the end of the cycle,
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
Lua does the equivalent of the call \verb|gc_event(nil)|.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{description}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\section{The Application Program Interface}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This section describes the API for Lua, that is,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
the set of C~functions available to the host program to communicate
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
with Lua.
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
All API functions and related types and constants
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
are declared in the header file \verb|lua.h|.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\NOTE
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Even when we use the term ``function'',
|
|
|
|
any facility in the API may be provided as a \emph{macro} instead.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
All such macros use each of its arguments exactly once,
|
|
|
|
and so do not generate hidden side-effects.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{States} \label{mangstate}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The Lua library is fully reentrant:
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
it does not have any global variables.
|
1998-06-03 00:37:04 +04:00
|
|
|
The whole state of the Lua interpreter
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
(global variables, stack, tag methods, etc.)
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
is stored in a dynamically allocated structure; \Deffunc{lua_State}
|
|
|
|
this state must be passed as the first argument to
|
|
|
|
every function in the library (except \verb|lua_open| below).
|
1998-06-03 00:37:04 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
Before calling any API function,
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
you must create a state.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
This is done by calling\Deffunc{lua_open}
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
lua_State *lua_open (int stacksize);
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The sole argument to this function is the stack size for the interpreter.
|
|
|
|
(Each function call needs one stack position for each argument, local variable
|
|
|
|
and temporary values, plus one position for book-keeping.
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
The stack must also have some 20 extra positions available.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
For very small implementations, without recursive functions,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
a stack size of 100 should be enough.)
|
|
|
|
If \verb|stacksize| is zero,
|
|
|
|
then a default size is used (the default is 1024).
|
1998-06-03 00:37:04 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
To release a state created with \verb|lua_open|, call
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
void lua_close (lua_State *L);
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
This function destroys all objects in the given Lua environment
|
|
|
|
(calling the corresponding garbage-collection tag methods)
|
|
|
|
and frees all dynamic memory used by that state.
|
|
|
|
Usually, you do not need to call this function,
|
|
|
|
because all resources are naturally released when your program ends.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
On the other hand,
|
|
|
|
long-running programs ---
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
like a daemon or a web server ---
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
might need to release states as soon as they are not needed,
|
|
|
|
to avoid growing too big.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
With the exception of \verb|lua_open|,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
all functions in the API need a state as their first argument.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsection{The Stack and Indices}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lua uses a \emph{stack} to pass values to and from C.
|
|
|
|
Each element in this stack represents a Lua value
|
|
|
|
(nil, number, string, etc.).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For convenience,
|
|
|
|
most query operations in the API do not follow a strict stack discipline.
|
|
|
|
Instead, they can refer to any element in the stack by using an \emph{index}:
|
|
|
|
A positive index represents an \emph{absolute} stack position
|
|
|
|
(starting at 1, not 0 as in C);
|
|
|
|
a negative index represents an \emph{offset} from the top of the stack.
|
|
|
|
More specifically, if the stack has \M{n} elements,
|
|
|
|
index 1 represents the first element
|
|
|
|
(that is, the first element pushed onto the stack),
|
|
|
|
index \M{n} represents the last element;
|
|
|
|
index \Math{-1} also represents the last element
|
|
|
|
(that is, the element at the top),
|
|
|
|
and index \Math{-n} represents the first element.
|
|
|
|
We say that an index is \emph{valid}
|
|
|
|
if it lays between 1 and the stack top
|
|
|
|
(that is, \verb|(1 <= abs(index) <= top)|).
|
|
|
|
\index{stack index} \index{valid index}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At any time, you can get the index of the top element by calling
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_gettop}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
int lua_gettop (lua_State *L);
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
Because indices start at 1,
|
|
|
|
the result of \verb|lua_gettop| is equal to the number of elements in the stack
|
|
|
|
(0 means an empty stack).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When you interact with Lua API,
|
|
|
|
\emph{you are responsible for controlling stack overflow}.
|
|
|
|
The function \Deffunc{lua_stackspace}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
int lua_stackspace (lua_State *L);
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
returns the number of stack positions still available.
|
|
|
|
Whenever Lua calls C, \Deffunc{LUA_MINSTACK}
|
|
|
|
it ensures that
|
|
|
|
at least \verb|LUA_MINSTACK| positions are still available.
|
|
|
|
\verb|LUA_MINSTACK| is defined in \verb|lua.h| and is at least~16,
|
|
|
|
and so you have to worry about stack space only
|
|
|
|
when your code has loops pushing elements onto the stack.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Most query functions accept as indices any value inside the
|
|
|
|
available stack space.
|
|
|
|
Such indices are called \emph{acceptable indices}.
|
|
|
|
More formally, we can define an \IndexEmph{acceptable index}
|
|
|
|
as
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
(index < 0 && abs(index) <= top) || (index > 0 && index <= top + stackspace)
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
(Note that 0 is not an acceptable index.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{Stack Manipulation}
|
|
|
|
The API offers the following functions for basic stack manipulation:
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_settop}\Deffunc{lua_pushvalue}
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_remove}\Deffunc{lua_insert}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
void lua_settop (lua_State *L, int index);
|
|
|
|
void lua_pushvalue (lua_State *L, int index);
|
|
|
|
void lua_remove (lua_State *L, int index);
|
|
|
|
void lua_insert (lua_State *L, int index);
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_settop| accepts any acceptable index,
|
|
|
|
or 0,
|
|
|
|
and sets the stack top to that index.
|
|
|
|
If the new top is larger than the old one,
|
|
|
|
then the new elements are filled with \nil.
|
|
|
|
If \verb|index| is 0, then all stack elements are removed.
|
|
|
|
A useful macro defined in the API is
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
#define lua_pop(L,n) lua_settop(L, -(n)-1)
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
which pops \verb|n| elements from the stack.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_pushvalue| pushes onto the stack a copy of the element
|
|
|
|
at the given index.
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_remove| removes the element at the given position,
|
|
|
|
shifting down the elements on top of that position to fill in the gap.
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_insert| moves the top element into the given position,
|
|
|
|
shifting up the elements on top of that position to open space.
|
|
|
|
These functions accept only valid indices.
|
|
|
|
As an example, if the stack starts as \verb|10 20 30 40 50|
|
|
|
|
(from bottom to top),
|
|
|
|
then
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
lua_pushvalue(L, 3) --> 10 20 30 40 50 30
|
|
|
|
lua_pushvalue(L, -1) --> 10 20 30 40 50 30 30
|
|
|
|
lua_remove(L, -3) --> 10 20 30 40 30 30
|
|
|
|
lua_remove(L, 6) --> 10 20 30 40 30
|
|
|
|
lua_insert(L, 1) --> 30 10 20 30 40
|
|
|
|
lua_insert(L, -1) --> 30 10 20 30 40 (no effect)
|
|
|
|
lua_settop(L, -3) --> 30 10 20
|
|
|
|
lua_settop(L, 6) --> 30 10 20 nil nil nil
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{Querying the Stack}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To check the type of a stack element,
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
the following functions are available:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_isnil}\Deffunc{lua_isnumber}\Deffunc{lua_isstring}
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_istable}\Deffunc{lua_iscfunction}\Deffunc{lua_isuserdata}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_isfunction}\Deffunc{lua_type}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
const char *lua_type (lua_State *L, int index);
|
|
|
|
int lua_tag (lua_State *L, int index);
|
|
|
|
int lua_isnil (lua_State *L, int index);
|
|
|
|
int lua_isnumber (lua_State *L, int index);
|
|
|
|
int lua_isstring (lua_State *L, int index);
|
|
|
|
int lua_istable (lua_State *L, int index);
|
|
|
|
int lua_isfunction (lua_State *L, int index);
|
|
|
|
int lua_iscfunction (lua_State *L, int index);
|
|
|
|
int lua_isuserdata (lua_State *L, int index);
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
These functions can be called with any acceptable index.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_type| returns one of the following strings,
|
|
|
|
describing the type of the given object:
|
|
|
|
\verb|"nil"|, \verb|"number"|, \verb|"string"|, \verb|"table"|,
|
|
|
|
\verb|"function"|, \verb|"userdata"|; or \verb|"NO VALUE"|,
|
|
|
|
if the index is non-valid (that is, if that stack position is ``empty'').
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_tag| returns the tag of a value,
|
|
|
|
or \verb|LUA_NOTAG| for a non-valid index.
|
|
|
|
(Very dirty trick: some type names start with the same letter (Number-Nil);
|
|
|
|
others have the second letter in common (nUmber-fUnction).
|
|
|
|
However, you can use the emph{third} letter as a unique scalar
|
|
|
|
identification for each type.)
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The \verb|lua_is*| functions return 1 if the object is compatible
|
|
|
|
with the given type, and 0 otherwise.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
They always return 0 for a non-valid index.
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_isnumber| accepts numbers and numerical strings,
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|lua_isstring| accepts strings and numbers \see{coercion},
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
and \verb|lua_isfunction| accepts both Lua functions and C~functions.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
To distinguish between Lua functions and C~functions,
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
you should use \verb|lua_iscfunction|.
|
|
|
|
To distinguish between numbers and numerical strings,
|
|
|
|
you can use \verb|lua_type|.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The API also has functions to compare two values in the stack:
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
int lua_equal (lua_State *L, int index1, int index2);
|
|
|
|
int lua_lessthan (lua_State *L, int index1, int index2);
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
These functions are equivalent to their counterparts in Lua.
|
|
|
|
Specifically, \verb|lua_lessthan| is equivalent to the \verb|lt_event|
|
|
|
|
described in~\ref{tag-method}.
|
|
|
|
Both functions return 0 if any of the indices are non-valid.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
To translate a value in the stack to a specific C~type,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
you can use the following conversion functions:
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_tonumber}\Deffunc{lua_tostring}\Deffunc{lua_strlen}
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_tocfunction}\Deffunc{lua_touserdata}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
double lua_tonumber (lua_State *L, int index);
|
|
|
|
const char *lua_tostring (lua_State *L, int index);
|
|
|
|
size_t lua_strlen (lua_State *L, int index);
|
|
|
|
lua_CFunction lua_tocfunction (lua_State *L, int index);
|
|
|
|
void *lua_touserdata (lua_State *L, int index);
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
These functions can be called with any acceptable index.
|
|
|
|
When called with a non-valid index,
|
|
|
|
they act as if the given value had an incorrect type.
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|lua_tonumber| converts the value at the given index
|
|
|
|
to a floating-point number.
|
|
|
|
This value must be a number or a string convertible to number
|
|
|
|
\see{coercion}; otherwise, \verb|lua_tonumber| returns~0.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|lua_tostring| converts a Lua value to a string
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
(\verb|const char*|).
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
This value must be a string or a number;
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
otherwise, the function returns \verb|NULL|.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
This function returns a pointer to a string inside the Lua environment.
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
Those strings always have a 0 after their last character (like in C),
|
|
|
|
but may contain other zeros in their body.
|
|
|
|
If you do not know whether a string may contain zeros,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
you should use \verb|lua_strlen| to get its actual length.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Because Lua has garbage collection,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
there is no guarantee that the pointer returned by \verb|lua_tostring|
|
|
|
|
will be valid after the respective value is removed from the stack.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|lua_tocfunction| converts a value in the stack to a C~function.
|
|
|
|
This value must be a C~function;
|
|
|
|
otherwise, \verb|lua_tocfunction| returns \verb|NULL|.
|
1998-01-06 22:17:31 +03:00
|
|
|
The type \verb|lua_CFunction| is explained in \See{LuacallC}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|lua_touserdata| converts a value to \verb|void*|.
|
|
|
|
This value must have type \emph{userdata};
|
|
|
|
otherwise, \verb|lua_touserdata| returns \verb|NULL|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{Pushing values onto the Stack}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The API has the following functions to
|
|
|
|
push C~values onto the stack:
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_pushnumber}\Deffunc{lua_pushlstring}\Deffunc{lua_pushstring}
|
1996-01-30 15:55:10 +03:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_pushcfunction}\Deffunc{lua_pushusertag}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_pushnil}\Deffunc{lua_pushuserdata}\label{pushing}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
void lua_pushnumber (lua_State *L, double n);
|
|
|
|
void lua_pushlstring (lua_State *L, const char *s, size_t len);
|
|
|
|
void lua_pushstring (lua_State *L, const char *s);
|
|
|
|
void lua_pushusertag (lua_State *L, void *u, int tag);
|
|
|
|
void lua_pushnil (lua_State *L);
|
|
|
|
void lua_pushcfunction (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction f);
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
These functions receive a C~value,
|
|
|
|
convert it to a corresponding Lua value,
|
|
|
|
and push the result onto the stack.
|
|
|
|
In particular, \verb|lua_pushlstring| and \verb|lua_pushstring|
|
|
|
|
make an \emph{internal copy} of the given string.
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_pushstring| can only be used to push proper C~strings
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
(that is, strings that end with a zero and do not contain embedded zeros);
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
otherwise you should use the more general \verb|lua_pushlstring|,
|
|
|
|
which accepts an explicit size.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{Garbage Collection}\label{GC}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
Lua keeps two numbers to control its garbage collection.
|
|
|
|
One number counts how many bytes of dynamic memory Lua is using,
|
|
|
|
and the other keeps a threshold.
|
|
|
|
(This internal byte counter kept by Lua is not completely acurate:
|
|
|
|
Instead, it is a lower bound, usually within 10\% of the correct value.)
|
|
|
|
When the number of bytes crosses the threshold,
|
|
|
|
Lua runs a garbage-collection cycle,
|
|
|
|
that reclaims the memory of all ``dead'' objects
|
|
|
|
(that is, objects no longer accessible from Lua).
|
|
|
|
The byte counter is corrected,
|
|
|
|
and then the threshold is reset to twice the value of the byte counter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can access the current values of these two numbers through the
|
|
|
|
following functions:
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_getgcthreshold} \Deffunc{lua_getgccount}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
int lua_getgccount (lua_State *L);
|
|
|
|
int lua_getgcthreshold (lua_State *L);
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
Both return their respective values in Kbytes.
|
|
|
|
You can change the threshold value with
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_setgcthreshold}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
void lua_setgcthreshold (lua_State *L, int newthreshold);
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
Again, the \verb|newthreshold| value is given in Kbytes.
|
|
|
|
When you call this function,
|
|
|
|
Lua sets the new threshold and checks it against the byte counter;
|
|
|
|
if the new threshold is smaller than the byte counter,
|
|
|
|
Lua runs immediately the garbage collector
|
|
|
|
(and, after it, sets a new threshold according to the previous rule).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to change the adaptative behavior of the garbage collector,
|
|
|
|
you can use the garbage-collection tag method for the tag \nil
|
|
|
|
to set your own threshold
|
|
|
|
(the tag method is called after Lua resets the threshold).
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{Userdata and Tags}\label{C-tags}
|
|
|
|
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Because userdata are objects,
|
|
|
|
the function \verb|lua_pushusertag| may create a new userdata.
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
If Lua has a userdata with the given value (\verb|void*|) and tag,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
then that userdata is pushed.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Otherwise, a new userdata is created, with the given value and tag.
|
|
|
|
If this function is called with
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|tag| equal to \verb|LUA_ANYTAG|\Deffunc{LUA_ANYTAG},
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
then Lua will try to find any userdata with the given value,
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
regardless of its tag.
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
If there is no userdata with that value, then a new one is created,
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
with tag equal to 0.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
Userdata can have different tags,
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
whose semantics are only known to the host program.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Tags are created with the function
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_newtag}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
int lua_newtag (lua_State *L);
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
The function \verb|lua_settag| changes the tag of
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
the object on top of the stack (without popping it):
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_settag}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
void lua_settag (lua_State *L, int tag);
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The object must be a userdata or a table;
|
|
|
|
the given \verb|tag| must be a value created with \verb|lua_newtag|.
|
1997-03-07 01:19:08 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsection{Executing Lua Code}
|
|
|
|
A host program can execute Lua chunks written in a file or in a string
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
by using the following functions:%
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_dofile}\Deffunc{lua_dostring}\Deffunc{lua_dobuffer}%
|
1997-03-07 01:19:08 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
int lua_dofile (lua_State *L, const char *filename);
|
|
|
|
int lua_dostring (lua_State *L, const char *string);
|
|
|
|
int lua_dobuffer (lua_State *L, const char *buff,
|
|
|
|
size_t size, const char *name);
|
1997-03-07 01:19:08 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
These functions return
|
|
|
|
0 in case of success, or one of the following error codes if they fail
|
|
|
|
(these constants are defined in \verb|lua.h|.):
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{itemize}
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
\item \IndexVerb{LUA_ERRRUN} ---
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
error while running the chunk.
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
\item \IndexVerb{LUA_ERRSYNTAX} ---
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
syntax error during pre-compilation.
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
\item \IndexVerb{LUA_ERRMEM} ---
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
memory allocation error.
|
|
|
|
For such errors, Lua does not call the \verb|_ERRORMESSAGE| function
|
|
|
|
\see{error}.
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
\item \IndexVerb{LUA_ERRERR} ---
|
|
|
|
error while running the \verb|_ERRORMESSAGE| function.
|
|
|
|
For such errors, Lua does not call the function again, to avoid loops.
|
|
|
|
\item \IndexVerb{LUA_ERRFILE} ---
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
error opening the file (only for \verb|lua_dofile|).
|
|
|
|
In this case,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
you may want to
|
|
|
|
check \verb|errno|,
|
|
|
|
call \verb|strerror|,
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
or call \verb|perror| to tell the user what went wrong.
|
|
|
|
\end{itemize}
|
|
|
|
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
When called with argument \verb|NULL|,
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_dofile| executes the \verb|stdin| stream.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|lua_dofile| and \verb|lua_dobuffer|
|
1998-06-16 01:34:14 +04:00
|
|
|
are both able to execute pre-compiled chunks.
|
|
|
|
They automatically detect whether the chunk is text or binary,
|
|
|
|
and load it accordingly (see program \IndexVerb{luac}).
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|lua_dostring| executes only source code,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
given in textual form.
|
1998-06-16 01:34:14 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The third parameter to \verb|lua_dobuffer|
|
1998-06-16 01:34:14 +04:00
|
|
|
is the ``name of the chunk'',
|
|
|
|
used in error messages and debug information.
|
1998-06-19 22:47:06 +04:00
|
|
|
If \verb|name| is \verb|NULL|,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
then Lua gives a default name to the chunk.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
These functions push onto the stack
|
1997-03-07 01:19:08 +03:00
|
|
|
any values eventually returned by the chunks.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
A chunk may return any number of values;
|
|
|
|
Lua takes care that these values fit into the stack space,
|
|
|
|
but after the call the responsibility is back with you.
|
|
|
|
If you need to push other elements after calling any of these functions,
|
|
|
|
and you want to play safe,
|
|
|
|
you must either check the stack space or remove the returned elements
|
|
|
|
from the stack (if you do not need them).
|
|
|
|
For instance, the following code
|
|
|
|
loads a chunk in a file and discards all results returned by this chunk,
|
|
|
|
leaving the stack as it was before the call:
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
int oldtop = lua_gettop(L);
|
|
|
|
lua_dofile(L, filename);
|
|
|
|
lua_settop(L, oldtop);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsection{Manipulating Global Variables in Lua}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
To read the value of a global Lua variable,
|
|
|
|
you call
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_getglobal}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
void lua_getglobal (lua_State *L, const char *varname);
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
which pushes onto the stack the value of the given variable.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
As in Lua, this function may trigger a tag method
|
|
|
|
for the ``getglobal'' event.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
To read the real value of a global variable,
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
without invoking any tag method,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
use the \verb|lua_rawget| function over the table of globals
|
|
|
|
(see below).
|
1996-02-05 17:52:47 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
To store a value in a global variable,
|
|
|
|
you call
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_setglobal}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
void lua_setglobal (lua_State *L, const char *varname);
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
which pops from the stack the value to be stored in the given variable.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
As in Lua, this function may trigger a tag method
|
|
|
|
for the ``setglobal'' event.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
To set the real value of a global variable,
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
without invoking any tag method,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
use the \verb|lua_rawset| function over the table of globals.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
All global variables are kept in an ordinary Lua table.
|
|
|
|
You can get this table calling
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_getglobals}
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
void lua_getglobals (lua_State *L);
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
which pushes the current table of globals onto the stack.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
To set another table as the table of globals,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
you call
|
2000-08-14 23:18:14 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_setglobals}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
void lua_setglobals (lua_State *L);
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The table to be used is popped from the stack.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{Manipulating Tables in Lua}
|
|
|
|
Lua tables can also be manipulated through the API.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
To read the value of in a table,
|
|
|
|
the table must reside somewhere in the stack.
|
|
|
|
With this set,
|
|
|
|
you call
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_gettable}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
void lua_gettable (lua_State *L, int index);
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
where \verb|index| refers to the table.
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_gettable| pops a key from the stack,
|
|
|
|
and returns (on the stack) the contents of the table at that key.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
As in Lua, this operation may trigger a tag method
|
|
|
|
for the ``gettable'' event.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
To get the real value of any table key,
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
without invoking any tag method,
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
use the \emph{raw} version:
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_rawget}
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
void lua_rawget (lua_State *L, int index);
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
To store a value into a table that resides somewhere in the stack,
|
|
|
|
you push the key and the value onto the stack
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
(in this order),
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
and then call
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_settable}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
void lua_settable (lua_State *L, int index);
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
where \verb|index| refers to the table.
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_settable| pops from the stack both the key and the value.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
As in Lua, this operation may trigger a tag method
|
|
|
|
for the ``settable'' event.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
To set the real value of any table index,
|
|
|
|
without invoking any tag method,
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
use the \emph{raw} version:
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_rawset}
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
void lua_rawset (lua_State *L, int index);
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finally, the function
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_newtable}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
void lua_newtable (lua_State *L);
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
creates a new, empty table and pushes it onto the stack.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{Using Tables as Arrays}
|
|
|
|
The API has functions that help to use Lua tables as arrays,
|
|
|
|
that is,
|
|
|
|
tables indexed by numbers only:
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_rawgeti}
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_rawseti}
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_getn}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
void lua_rawgeti (lua_State *L, int index, int n);
|
|
|
|
void lua_rawseti (lua_State *L, int index, int n);
|
|
|
|
int lua_getn (lua_State *L, int index);
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|lua_rawgeti| gets the value of the \verb|n|-th element of the table
|
|
|
|
at stack position \verb|index|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_rawseti| sets the value of the \verb|n|-th element of the table
|
|
|
|
at stack position \verb|index| to the value at the top of the stack.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_getn| returns the number of elements in the table
|
|
|
|
at stack position \verb|index|.
|
|
|
|
This number is the value of the table field \verb|n|,
|
|
|
|
if it has a numeric value,
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
the largest numerical index with a non-nil value in the table.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{Calling Lua Functions}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Functions defined in Lua
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
can be called from the host program.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
This is done using the following protocol:
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
First, the function to be called is pushed onto the stack;
|
|
|
|
then, the arguments to the function are pushed
|
|
|
|
\see{pushing} in direct order, i.e., the first argument is pushed first.
|
|
|
|
Finally, the function is called using
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_call}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
int lua_call (lua_State *L, int nargs, int nresults);
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
This function returns the same error codes as \verb|lua_dostring|.
|
|
|
|
Here,
|
|
|
|
\verb|nargs| is the number of arguments that you pushed onto the stack.
|
|
|
|
All arguments and the function value are popped from the stack,
|
|
|
|
and the function results are pushed.
|
|
|
|
The number of results are adjusted \see{adjust} to \verb|nresults|,
|
|
|
|
unless \verb|nresults| is \IndexVerb{LUA_MULTRET}.
|
|
|
|
In that case, \emph{all} results from the function are pushed.
|
|
|
|
The function results are pushed in direct order
|
|
|
|
(the first result is pushed first),
|
|
|
|
so that after the call the last result is on the top.
|
1997-03-07 01:19:08 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The following example shows how the host program may do the
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
equivalent to the Lua code:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
a,b = f("how", t.x, 4)
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Here it is in~C:
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
lua_getglobal(L, "t"); /* global `t' (for later use) */
|
|
|
|
lua_getglobal(L, "f"); /* function to be called */
|
|
|
|
lua_pushstring(L, "how"); /* 1st argument */
|
|
|
|
lua_pushstring(L, "x"); /* push the string `x' */
|
|
|
|
lua_gettable(L, -4); /* push result of t.x (2nd arg) */
|
|
|
|
lua_pushnumber(L, 4); /* 3rd argument */
|
|
|
|
lua_call(L, 3, 2); /* call function with 3 arguments and 2 results */
|
|
|
|
lua_setglobal(L, "b"); /* set global variable `b' */
|
|
|
|
lua_setglobal(L, "a"); /* set global variable `a' */
|
|
|
|
lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove `t' from the stack */
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Notice that the code above is ``balanced'':
|
|
|
|
at its end the stack is back to its original configuration.
|
|
|
|
This is considered good programming practice.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Some special Lua functions have their own C~interfaces.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The host program can generate a Lua error calling the function
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_error}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
void lua_error (lua_State *L, const char *message);
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
This function never returns.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
If \verb|lua_error| is called from a C~function that has been called from Lua,
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
then the corresponding Lua execution terminates,
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
as if an error had occurred inside Lua code.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Otherwise, the whole host program terminates with a call to
|
|
|
|
\verb|exit(EXIT_FAILURE)|.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Before terminating execution,
|
|
|
|
the \verb|message| is passed to the error handler function,
|
|
|
|
\verb|_ERRORMESSAGE| \see{error}.
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
If \verb|message| is \verb|NULL|,
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
then \verb|_ERRORMESSAGE| is not called.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Tag methods can be changed with \Deffunc{lua_settagmethod}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
void lua_settagmethod (lua_State *L, int tag, const char *event);
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The second parameter is the tag,
|
|
|
|
and the third is the event name \see{tag-method};
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
the new method is popped from the stack.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
To just get the current value of a tag method,
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
use the function \Deffunc{lua_gettagmethod}
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
void lua_gettagmethod (lua_State *L, int tag, const char *event);
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
It is also possible to copy all tag methods from one tag
|
|
|
|
to another: \Deffunc{lua_copytagmethods}
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
int lua_copytagmethods (lua_State *L, int tagto, int tagfrom);
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
This function returns \verb|tagto|.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
You can traverse a table with the function \Deffunc{lua_next}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
int lua_next (lua_State *L, int index);
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|index| refers to the table to be traversed.
|
|
|
|
The function pops a key from the stack,
|
|
|
|
and pushes a key-value pair from the table
|
|
|
|
(the ``next'' pair after the given key).
|
|
|
|
If there are no more elements, then the function returns 0
|
|
|
|
(and pushes nothing).
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
A typical traversal looks like this:
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
/* table is in the stack at index `t' */
|
|
|
|
lua_pushnil(L); /* first key */
|
|
|
|
while (lua_next(L, t) != 0) {
|
|
|
|
/* `key' is at index -2 and `value' at index -1 */
|
|
|
|
printf("%s - %s\n", lua_type(L, -2), lua_type(L, -1));
|
|
|
|
lua_pop(L, 1); /* removes `value'; keeps `index' for next iteration */
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function \Deffunc{lua_concat}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
void lua_concat (lua_State *L, int n);
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
concatenates the \verb|n| values at the top of the stack,
|
|
|
|
pops them, and leaves the result at the top.
|
|
|
|
\verb|n|~must be at least 2.
|
|
|
|
Concatenation is done following the usual semantics of Lua
|
|
|
|
\see{concat}.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{Defining C Functions} \label{LuacallC}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
To register a C~function to Lua,
|
|
|
|
there is the following convenience macro:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_register}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
#define lua_register(L, n, f) (lua_pushcfunction(L, f), lua_setglobal(L, n))
|
|
|
|
/* const char *n; */
|
|
|
|
/* lua_CFunction f; */
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
which receives the name the function will have in Lua,
|
|
|
|
and a pointer to the function.
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
This pointer must have type \verb|lua_CFunction|,
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
which is defined as
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_CFunction}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
typedef int (*lua_CFunction) (lua_State *L);
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
that is, a pointer to a function with integer result and a single argument,
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
a Lua environment.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In order to communicate properly with Lua,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
a C~function must follow the following protocol,
|
|
|
|
which defines the way parameters and results are passed:
|
|
|
|
A C~function receives its arguments from Lua in the stack,
|
|
|
|
in direct order (first argument is pushed first).
|
|
|
|
To return values to Lua, a C~function just pushes them onto the stack,
|
|
|
|
in direct order,
|
|
|
|
%\see{valuesCLua},
|
|
|
|
and returns the number of results.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Like a Lua function, a C~function called by Lua can also return
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
many results.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
As an example, the following function receives a variable number
|
|
|
|
of numerical arguments and returns their average and sum:
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
static int foo (lua_State *L) {
|
|
|
|
int n = lua_gettop(L); /* number of arguments */
|
|
|
|
double sum = 0;
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) {
|
|
|
|
if (!lua_isnumber(L, i))
|
|
|
|
lua_error(L, "incorrect argument to function `foo'");
|
|
|
|
sum += lua_tonumber(L, i);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
lua_pushnumber(L, sum/n); /* first result */
|
|
|
|
lua_pushnumber(L, sum); /* second result */
|
|
|
|
return 2; /* number of results */
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
This function may be registered in Lua as \verb|average| by calling
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
lua_register(L, "average", foo);
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
When a C~function is created,
|
|
|
|
it is possible to associate some \emph{upvalues} to it
|
|
|
|
\see{upvalue},
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
thus creating a \IndexEmph{C~closure};
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
these values are passed to the function whenever it is called,
|
1998-01-07 19:26:48 +03:00
|
|
|
as common arguments.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
To associate upvalues to a C~function,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
first these values should be pushed onto the stack.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
Then the function \Deffunc{lua_pushcclosure}
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
void lua_pushcclosure (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction fn, int n);
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
is used to push the C~function onto the stack,
|
|
|
|
with the argument \verb|n| telling how many upvalues should be
|
|
|
|
associated with the function
|
|
|
|
(these upvalues are popped from the stack);
|
1998-01-09 17:57:43 +03:00
|
|
|
in fact, the macro \verb|lua_pushcfunction| is defined as
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|lua_pushcclosure| with \verb|n| set to 0.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Then, whenever the C~function is called,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
these upvalues are inserted as the \emph{last} arguments to the function,
|
|
|
|
after the actual arguments provided in the call.
|
|
|
|
This makes it easy to get the upvalues without knowing how many arguments
|
|
|
|
the function received (recall that functions in Lua can receive any number of
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
arguments): The \M{i}-th upvalue is in the stack at index \Math{i-(n+1)},
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
where \M{n} is the number of upvalues.
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
For more examples of C~functions and closures, see files
|
|
|
|
\verb|lbaselib.c|, \verb|liolib.c|, \verb|lmathlib.c|, and \verb|lstrlib.c|
|
|
|
|
in the official Lua distribution.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1996-04-22 22:00:37 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsection{References to Lua Objects}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
If the C~code needs to keep a Lua value
|
|
|
|
outside the life span of a C~function,
|
|
|
|
then it must create a \Def{reference} to the value.
|
1996-04-22 22:00:37 +04:00
|
|
|
The routines to manipulate references are the following:
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_ref}\Deffunc{lua_getref}
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_unref}
|
1996-04-22 22:00:37 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
int lua_ref (lua_State *L, int lock);
|
|
|
|
int lua_getref (lua_State *L, int ref);
|
|
|
|
void lua_unref (lua_State *L, int ref);
|
1996-04-22 22:00:37 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_ref| pops a value from
|
|
|
|
the stack, creates a reference to it,
|
1996-04-22 22:00:37 +04:00
|
|
|
and returns this reference.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
For a \nil\ value,
|
|
|
|
the reference is always \verb|LUA_REFNIL|.\Deffunc{LUA_REFNIL}
|
2000-04-17 23:23:48 +04:00
|
|
|
The constant \verb|LUA_NOREF| \Deffunc{LUA_NOREF}
|
|
|
|
is different from any valid reference.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
If \verb|lock| is true, then the object is \emph{locked}:
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
this means the object will not be garbage collected.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\emph{Unlocked references may be garbage collected}.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Whenever the referenced object is needed in~C,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
a call to \verb|lua_getref|
|
|
|
|
pushes that object onto the stack;
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
if the object has been collected,
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|lua_getref| returns 0 (and does not push anything).
|
1996-04-22 22:00:37 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When a reference is no longer needed,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
it should be released with a call to \verb|lua_unref|.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{Registry}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When Lua starts, it registers a table at position
|
|
|
|
\IndexVerb{LUA_REFREGISTRY}.
|
|
|
|
It can be accessed through the macro\Deffunc{lua_getregistry}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
#define lua_getregistry(L) lua_getref(L, LUA_REFREGISTRY)
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
This table can be used by C libraries as a general registry mechanism.
|
|
|
|
Any C library can store data into this table,
|
|
|
|
as long as it chooses a key different from other libraries.
|
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\section{Standard Libraries}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The standard libraries provide useful routines
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
that are implemented directly through the standard API.
|
|
|
|
Therefore, they are not necessary to the language,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
and are provided as separate C~modules.
|
|
|
|
Currently, Lua has the following standard libraries:
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{itemize}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\item basic library;
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\item string manipulation;
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
\item mathematical functions (sin, log, etc);
|
1996-04-29 22:50:08 +04:00
|
|
|
\item input and output (plus some system facilities).
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{itemize}
|
1998-01-09 17:57:43 +03:00
|
|
|
To have access to these libraries,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
the C~host program must call the functions
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_baselibopen|,
|
1998-01-09 17:57:43 +03:00
|
|
|
\verb|lua_strlibopen|, \verb|lua_mathlibopen|,
|
|
|
|
and \verb|lua_iolibopen|, declared in \verb|lualib.h|.
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_strlibopen}\Deffunc{lua_mathlibopen}\Deffunc{lua_iolibopen}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The basic library provides some core functions to Lua.
|
|
|
|
Therefore, if you do not include this library in your application,
|
|
|
|
you should check carefully whether you need to provide some alternative
|
|
|
|
implementation for some facilities.
|
|
|
|
(For instance, without function \verb|_ERRORMESSAGE|,
|
|
|
|
defined in the basic library, Lua is unable to show error messages.)
|
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsection{Basic Functions} \label{predefined}
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{_ALERT (message)}}\Deffunc{alert}\label{alert}
|
|
|
|
Prints its only string argument to \IndexVerb{stderr}.
|
|
|
|
All error messages in Lua are printed through the function stored
|
|
|
|
in the \verb|_ALERT| global variable
|
|
|
|
\see{error}.
|
|
|
|
Therefore, a program may assign another function to this variable
|
|
|
|
to change the way such messages are shown
|
|
|
|
(for instance, for systems without \verb|stderr|).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{assert (v [, message])}}\Deffunc{assert}
|
|
|
|
Issues an \emph{``assertion failed!''} error
|
|
|
|
when its argument \verb|v| is \nil.
|
|
|
|
This function is equivalent to the following Lua function:
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function assert (v, m)
|
|
|
|
if not v then
|
|
|
|
m = m or ""
|
|
|
|
error("assertion failed! " .. m)
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
1998-08-21 21:43:44 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{call (func, arg [, mode [, errhandler]])}}\Deffunc{call}
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\label{pdf-call}
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
Calls function \verb|func| with
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
the arguments given by the table \verb|arg|.
|
|
|
|
The call is equivalent to
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
func(arg[1], arg[2], ..., arg[n])
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1998-11-13 19:48:48 +03:00
|
|
|
where \verb|n| is the result of \verb|getn(arg)| \see{getn}.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
All results from \verb|func| are simply returned by \verb|call|.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
By default,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
if an error occurs during the call to \verb|func|,
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
the error is propagated.
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
If the string \verb|mode| contains \verb|"x"|,
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
then the call is \emph{protected}.\index{protected calls}
|
1998-08-21 21:43:44 +04:00
|
|
|
In this mode, function \verb|call| does not propagate an error,
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
regardless of what happens during the call.
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
Instead, it returns \nil\ to signal the error
|
1998-08-21 21:43:44 +04:00
|
|
|
(besides calling the appropriated error handler).
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
If \verb|errhandler| is provided,
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
the error function \verb|_ERRORMESSAGE| is temporarily set to \verb|errhandler|,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
while \verb|func| runs.
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
In particular, if \verb|errhandler| is \nil,
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
no error messages will be issued during the execution of the called function.
|
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{collectgarbage ([limit])}}\Deffunc{collectgarbage}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
Sets the garbage-collection threshold for the given limit
|
|
|
|
(in Kbytes), and checks it against the byte counter;
|
|
|
|
if the new threshold is smaller than the byte counter,
|
|
|
|
Lua runs immediately the garbage collector \see{GC}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If \verb|limit| is absent, it defaults to zero
|
|
|
|
(thus forcing a garbage-collection cycle).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\verb|collectgarbage| is equivalent to
|
|
|
|
the API function \verb|lua_setgcthreshold|.
|
2000-09-20 21:21:20 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{copytagmethods (tagto, tagfrom)}}
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{copytagmethods}
|
|
|
|
Copies all tag methods from one tag to another;
|
|
|
|
it returns \verb|tagto|.
|
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{dofile (filename)}}\Deffunc{dofile}
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
Receives a file name,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
opens the named file, and executes its contents as a Lua chunk,
|
1996-03-20 01:39:07 +03:00
|
|
|
or as pre-compiled chunks.
|
1996-01-29 20:08:23 +03:00
|
|
|
When called without arguments,
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|dofile| executes the contents of the standard input (\verb|stdin|).
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
If there is any error executing the file,
|
|
|
|
then \verb|dofile| returns \nil.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
Otherwise, it returns the values returned by the chunk,
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
or a non-\nil\ value if the chunk returns no values.
|
|
|
|
It issues an error when called with a non-string argument.
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|dofile| is equivalent to the API function \verb|lua_dofile|.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-06-19 22:47:06 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{dostring (string [, chunkname])}}\Deffunc{dostring}
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
Executes a given string as a Lua chunk.
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
If there is any error executing the string,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
then \verb|dostring| returns \nil.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
Otherwise, it returns the values returned by the chunk,
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
or a non-\nil\ value if the chunk returns no values.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The optional parameter \verb|chunkname|
|
1998-06-19 22:47:06 +04:00
|
|
|
is the ``name of the chunk'',
|
|
|
|
used in error messages and debug information.
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\verb|dostring| is equivalent to the API function \verb|lua_dostring|.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{error (message)}}\Deffunc{error}\label{pdf-error}
|
|
|
|
Calls the error handler \see{error} and then terminates
|
|
|
|
the last protected function called
|
|
|
|
(in~C: \verb|lua_dofile|, \verb|lua_dostring|,
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_dobuffer|, or \verb|lua_callfunction|;
|
|
|
|
in Lua: \verb|dofile|, \verb|dostring|, or \verb|call| in protected mode).
|
|
|
|
If \verb|message| is \nil, then the error handler is not called.
|
|
|
|
Function \verb|error| never returns.
|
|
|
|
\verb|error| is equivalent to the API function \verb|lua_error|.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{foreach (table, func)}}\Deffunc{foreach}
|
|
|
|
Executes the given \verb|func| over all elements of \verb|table|.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
For each element, the function is called with the index and
|
|
|
|
respective value as arguments.
|
|
|
|
If the function returns any non-\nil\ value,
|
|
|
|
then the loop is broken, and this value is returned
|
|
|
|
as the final value of \verb|foreach|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function could be defined in Lua:
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function foreach (t, f)
|
|
|
|
for i, v in t do
|
|
|
|
local res = f(i, v)
|
|
|
|
if res then return res end
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The behavior of \verb|foreach| is \emph{undefined} if you change
|
|
|
|
the table \verb|_t| during the traversal.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{foreachi (table, func)}}\Deffunc{foreachi}
|
|
|
|
Executes the given \verb|func| over the
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
numerical indices of \verb|table|.
|
|
|
|
For each index, the function is called with the index and
|
|
|
|
respective value as arguments.
|
|
|
|
Indices are visited in sequential order,
|
|
|
|
from 1 to \verb|n|,
|
|
|
|
where \verb|n| is the result of \verb|getn(table)| \see{getn}.
|
|
|
|
If the function returns any non-\nil\ value,
|
|
|
|
then the loop is broken, and this value is returned
|
|
|
|
as the final value of \verb|foreachi|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function could be defined in Lua:
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function foreachi (t, f)
|
|
|
|
for i=1,getn(t) do
|
|
|
|
local res = f(i, t[i])
|
|
|
|
if res then return res end
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
end
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{foreachvar (function)}}\Deffunc{foreachvar}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
This function is obsolete.
|
|
|
|
Use \verb|foreach(globals(), function)| instead.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{getglobal (name)}}\Deffunc{getglobal}
|
|
|
|
Gets the value of a global variable,
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
or calls a tag method for ``getglobal''.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Its full semantics is explained in \See{tag-method}.
|
|
|
|
The string \verb|name| does not need to be a
|
|
|
|
syntactically valid variable name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{getn (table)}}\Deffunc{getn}\label{getn}
|
|
|
|
Returns the ``size'' of a table, when seen as a list.
|
|
|
|
If the table has an \verb|n| field with a numeric value,
|
|
|
|
this value is its ``size''.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, the size is the largest numerical index with a non-nil
|
|
|
|
value in the table.
|
|
|
|
This function could be defined in Lua:
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
function getn (t)
|
|
|
|
if type(t.n) == 'number' then return t.n end
|
|
|
|
local max = 0
|
|
|
|
for i, _ in t do
|
|
|
|
if type(i) == 'number' and i>max then max=i end
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
return max
|
|
|
|
end
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{gettagmethod (tag, event)}}
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{gettagmethod}
|
|
|
|
Returns the current tag method
|
|
|
|
for a given pair \M{(tag, event)}.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
This function cannot be used to get a tag method for the ``gc'' event.
|
|
|
|
(Such tag methods can only be manipulated by C code.)
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{globals ([table])}}\Deffunc{globals}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
Returns the current table of globals.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
If the argument \verb|table| is given,
|
|
|
|
then it sets this table as the table of globals.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{newtag ()}}\Deffunc{newtag}\label{pdf-newtag}
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Returns a new tag.
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|newtag| is equivalent to the API function \verb|lua_newtag|.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{next (table, [index])}}\Deffunc{next}
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
Allows a program to traverse all fields of a table.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
Its first argument is a table and its second argument
|
|
|
|
is an index in this table.
|
|
|
|
It returns the next index of the table and the
|
|
|
|
value associated with the index.
|
|
|
|
When called with \nil\ as its second argument,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|next| returns the first index
|
|
|
|
of the table and its associated value.
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
When called with the last index,
|
|
|
|
or with \nil\ in an empty table,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|next| returns \nil.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
If the second argument is absent, then it is interpreted as \nil.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
Lua has no declaration of fields;
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
semantically, there is no difference between a
|
|
|
|
field not present in a table or a field with value \nil.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
Therefore, \verb|next| only considers fields with non-\nil\ values.
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
The order in which the indices are enumerated is not specified,
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\emph{even for numeric indices}
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
(to traverse a table in numeric order,
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
use a counter or the function \verb|foreachi|).
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The behavior of \verb|next| is \emph{undefined} if you change
|
|
|
|
the table during the traversal.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{nextvar (name)}}\Deffunc{nextvar}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
This function is obsolete.
|
|
|
|
Use \verb|next(globals(), name)| instead.
|
1996-01-29 20:08:23 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{print (e1, e2, ...)}}\Deffunc{print}
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
Receives any number of arguments,
|
1998-06-03 00:37:04 +04:00
|
|
|
and prints their values using the strings returned by \verb|tostring|.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
This function is not intended for formatted output,
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
but only as a quick way to show a value,
|
1998-08-21 21:43:44 +04:00
|
|
|
for instance for debugging.
|
1998-01-06 22:17:31 +03:00
|
|
|
See \See{libio} for functions for formatted output.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{rawget (table, index)}}\Deffunc{rawget}
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Gets the real value of \verb|table[index]|,
|
|
|
|
without invoking any tag method.
|
|
|
|
\verb|table| must be a table,
|
|
|
|
and \verb|index| is any value different from \nil.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{rawgetglobal (name)}}\Deffunc{rawgetglobal}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
This function is obsolete.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Use \verb|rawget(globals(), name)| instead.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{rawgettable (table, index)}}\Deffunc{rawgettable}
|
|
|
|
This function has been renamed to \verb|rawget|.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{rawset (table, index, value)}}\Deffunc{rawset}
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
Sets the real value of \verb|table[index]| to \verb|value|,
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
without invoking any tag method.
|
|
|
|
\verb|table| must be a table,
|
|
|
|
\verb|index| is any value different from \nil,
|
|
|
|
and \verb|value| is any Lua value.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{rawsetglobal (name, value)}}\Deffunc{rawsetglobal}
|
|
|
|
This function is obsolete.
|
|
|
|
Use \verb|rawset(globals(), name, value)| instead.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{rawsettable (table, index, value)}}\Deffunc{rawsettable}
|
|
|
|
This function has been renamed to \verb|rawset|.
|
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{setglobal (name, value)}}\Deffunc{setglobal}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Sets the named global variable to the given value,
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
or calls a tag method for ``setglobal''.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Its full semantics is explained in \See{tag-method}.
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The string \verb|name| does not need to be a
|
|
|
|
syntactically valid variable name.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{settag (t, tag)}}\Deffunc{settag}
|
|
|
|
Sets the tag of a given table \see{TypesSec}.
|
|
|
|
\verb|tag| must be a value created with \verb|newtag|
|
|
|
|
\see{pdf-newtag}.
|
|
|
|
It returns the value of its first argument (the table).
|
|
|
|
For the safety of host programs,
|
|
|
|
it is impossible to change the tag of a userdata from Lua.
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{settagmethod (tag, event, newmethod)}}
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{settagmethod}
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
Sets a new tag method to the given pair \M{(tag, event)}.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
It returns the old method.
|
|
|
|
If \verb|newmethod| is \nil,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
then \verb|settagmethod| restores the default behavior for the given event.
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
This function cannot be used to set a tag method for the ``gc'' event.
|
|
|
|
(Such tag methods can only be manipulated by C code.)
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{sort (table [, comp])}}\Deffunc{sort}
|
|
|
|
Sorts table elements in a given order, \emph{in-place},
|
|
|
|
from \verb|table[1]| to \verb|table[n]|,
|
|
|
|
where \verb|n| is the result of \verb|getn(table)| \see{getn}.
|
|
|
|
If \verb|comp| is given,
|
|
|
|
it must be a function that receives two table elements,
|
|
|
|
and returns true when the first is less than the second
|
|
|
|
(so that \verb|not comp(a[i+1], a[i])| will be true after the sort).
|
|
|
|
If \verb|comp| is not given,
|
|
|
|
the standard Lua operator \verb|<| is used instead.
|
1998-11-13 19:48:48 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
The sort algorithm is not stable
|
|
|
|
(that is, elements considered equal by the given order
|
|
|
|
may have their relative positions changed by the sort).
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{tag (v)}}\Deffunc{tag}\label{pdf-tag}
|
|
|
|
Allows Lua programs to test the tag of a value \see{TypesSec}.
|
|
|
|
It receives one argument, and returns its tag (a number).
|
|
|
|
\verb|tag| is equivalent to the API function \verb|lua_tag|.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{tonumber (e [, base])}}\Deffunc{tonumber}
|
|
|
|
Receives one argument,
|
|
|
|
and tries to convert it to a number.
|
|
|
|
If the argument is already a number or a string convertible
|
|
|
|
to a number, then \verb|tonumber| returns that number;
|
|
|
|
otherwise, it returns \nil.
|
1998-11-13 19:48:48 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
An optional argument specifies the base to interpret the numeral.
|
|
|
|
The base may be any integer between 2 and 36, inclusive.
|
|
|
|
In bases above~10, the letter `A' (either upper or lower case)
|
|
|
|
represents~10, `B' represents~11, and so forth, with `Z' representing 35.
|
1998-11-13 19:48:48 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
In base 10 (the default), the number may have a decimal part,
|
|
|
|
as well as an optional exponent part \see{coercion}.
|
|
|
|
In other bases, only unsigned integers are accepted.
|
1998-11-13 19:48:48 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{tostring (e)}}\Deffunc{tostring}
|
|
|
|
Receives an argument of any type and
|
|
|
|
converts it to a string in a reasonable format.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
For complete control of how numbers are converted,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
use function \verb|format|.
|
1998-11-13 19:48:48 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{tinsert (table [, pos] , value)}}\Deffunc{tinsert}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inserts element \verb|value| at table position \verb|pos|,
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
shifting other elements to open space, if necessary.
|
|
|
|
The default value for \verb|pos| is \verb|n+1|,
|
|
|
|
where \verb|n| is the result of \verb|getn(table)| \see{getn},
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
so that a call \verb|tinsert(t,x)| inserts \verb|x| at the end
|
|
|
|
of table \verb|t|.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
This function also sets or increments the field \verb|n| of the table
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
to \verb|n+1|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function is equivalent to the following Lua function,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
except that the table accesses are all \emph{raw}
|
|
|
|
(that is, without tag methods):
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
function tinsert (t, ...)
|
|
|
|
local pos, value
|
|
|
|
local n = getn(t)
|
|
|
|
if arg.n == 1 then
|
|
|
|
pos, value = n+1, arg[1]
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
pos, value = arg[1], arg[2]
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
t.n = n+1;
|
|
|
|
for i=n,pos,-1 do
|
|
|
|
t[i+1] = t[i]
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
t[pos] = value
|
|
|
|
end
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{tremove (table [, pos])}}\Deffunc{tremove}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Removes from \verb|table| the element at position \verb|pos|,
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
shifting other elements to close the space, if necessary.
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
Returns the value of the removed element.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The default value for \verb|pos| is \verb|n|,
|
|
|
|
where \verb|n| is the result of \verb|getn(table)| \see{getn},
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
so that a call \verb|tremove(t)| removes the last element
|
|
|
|
of table \verb|t|.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
This function also sets or decrements the field \verb|n| of the table
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
to \verb|n-1|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function is equivalent to the following Lua function,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
except that the table accesses are all \emph{raw}
|
|
|
|
(that is, without tag methods):
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
function tremove (t, pos)
|
|
|
|
local n = getn(t)
|
|
|
|
if n<=0 then return end
|
|
|
|
pos = pos or n
|
|
|
|
local value = t[pos]
|
|
|
|
for i=pos,n-1 do
|
|
|
|
t[i] = t[i+1]
|
|
|
|
end
|
|
|
|
t[n] = nil
|
|
|
|
t.n = n-1
|
|
|
|
return value
|
|
|
|
end
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{type (v)}}\Deffunc{type}\label{pdf-type}
|
|
|
|
Allows Lua programs to test the type of a value.
|
|
|
|
It receives one argument, and returns its type, coded as a string.
|
|
|
|
The possible results of this function are
|
|
|
|
\verb|"nil"| (a string, not the value \nil),
|
|
|
|
\verb|"number"|,
|
|
|
|
\verb|"string"|,
|
|
|
|
\verb|"table"|,
|
|
|
|
\verb|"function"|,
|
|
|
|
and \verb|"userdata"|.
|
1998-11-13 19:48:48 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{String Manipulation}
|
|
|
|
This library provides generic functions for string manipulation,
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
such as finding and extracting substrings and pattern matching.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
When indexing a string in Lua, the first character is at position~1
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
(not at~0, as in C).
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{strbyte (s [, i])}}\Deffunc{strbyte}
|
|
|
|
Returns the internal numerical code of the character \verb|s[i]|.
|
|
|
|
If \verb|i| is absent, then it is assumed to be 1.
|
|
|
|
If \verb|i| is negative,
|
|
|
|
it is replaced by the length of the string minus its
|
|
|
|
absolute value plus 1.
|
|
|
|
Therefore, \Math{-1} points to the last character of \verb|s|.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\NOTE
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Numerical codes are not necessarily portable across platforms.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{strchar (i1, i2, \ldots)}}\Deffunc{strchar}
|
|
|
|
Receives 0 or more integers.
|
|
|
|
Returns a string with length equal to the number of arguments,
|
|
|
|
wherein each character has the internal numerical code equal
|
|
|
|
to its correspondent argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\NOTE
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Numerical codes are not necessarily portable across platforms.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{strfind (str, pattern [, init [, plain]])}}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{strfind}
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
Looks for the first \emph{match} of
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|pattern| in \verb|str|.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
If it finds one, then it returns the indices of \verb|str|
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
where this occurrence starts and ends;
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
otherwise, it returns \nil.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
If the pattern specifies captures (see \verb|gsub| below),
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
the captured strings are returned as extra results.
|
|
|
|
A third optional numerical argument specifies where to start the search;
|
|
|
|
its default value is 1.
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
If \verb|init| is negative,
|
|
|
|
it is replaced by the length of the string minus its
|
|
|
|
absolute value plus 1.
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
Therefore, \Math{-1} points to the last character of \verb|str|.
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
A value of 1 as a fourth optional argument
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
turns off the pattern matching facilities,
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
so the function does a plain ``find substring'' operation,
|
|
|
|
with no characters in \verb|pattern| being considered ``magic''.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{strlen (s)}}\Deffunc{strlen}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
Receives a string and returns its length.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The empty string \verb|""| has length 0.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Embedded zeros are counted,
|
|
|
|
and so \verb|"a\000b\000c"| has length 5.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{strlower (s)}}\Deffunc{strlower}
|
|
|
|
Receives a string and returns a copy of that string with all
|
|
|
|
upper case letters changed to lower case.
|
|
|
|
All other characters are left unchanged.
|
|
|
|
The definition of what is an upper-case
|
|
|
|
letter depends on the current locale.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{strrep (s, n)}}\Deffunc{strrep}
|
|
|
|
Returns a string that is the concatenation of \verb|n| copies of
|
|
|
|
the string \verb|s|.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{strsub (s, i [, j])}}\Deffunc{strsub}
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
Returns another string, which is a substring of \verb|s|,
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
starting at \verb|i| and running until \verb|j|.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
If \verb|i| or \verb|j| are negative,
|
|
|
|
they are replaced by the length of the string minus their
|
|
|
|
absolute value plus 1.
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
Therefore, \Math{-1} points to the last character of \verb|s|
|
|
|
|
and \Math{-2} to the previous one.
|
|
|
|
If \verb|j| is absent, it is assumed to be equal to \Math{-1}
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
(which is the same as the string length).
|
|
|
|
In particular,
|
|
|
|
the call \verb|strsub(s,1,j)| returns a prefix of \verb|s|
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
with length \verb|j|,
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
and the call \verb|strsub(s, -i)| returns a suffix of \verb|s|
|
|
|
|
with length \verb|i|.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{strupper (s)}}\Deffunc{strupper}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
Receives a string and returns a copy of that string with all
|
|
|
|
lower case letters changed to upper case.
|
|
|
|
All other characters are left unchanged.
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The definition of what is a lower case
|
|
|
|
letter depends on the current locale.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{format (formatstring, e1, e2, \ldots)}}\Deffunc{format}
|
1996-02-06 00:32:19 +03:00
|
|
|
\label{format}
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
Returns a formatted version of its variable number of arguments
|
1997-03-07 01:19:08 +03:00
|
|
|
following the description given in its first argument (which must be a string).
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
The format string follows the same rules as the \verb|printf| family of
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
standard C~functions.
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
The only differences are that the options/modifiers
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|*|, \verb|l|, \verb|L|, \verb|n|, \verb|p|,
|
|
|
|
and \verb|h| are not supported,
|
|
|
|
and there is an extra option, \verb|q|.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The \verb|q| option formats a string in a form suitable to be safely read
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
back by the Lua interpreter:
|
|
|
|
The string is written between double quotes,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
and all double quotes, returns, and backslashes in the string
|
1996-03-14 20:45:01 +03:00
|
|
|
are correctly escaped when written.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
For instance, the call
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
format('%q', 'a string with "quotes" and \n new line')
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
will produce the string:
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
"a string with \"quotes\" and \
|
|
|
|
new line"
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1996-03-14 20:45:01 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Conversions can be applied to the \M{n}-th argument in the argument list,
|
1997-07-05 02:35:38 +04:00
|
|
|
rather than the next unused argument.
|
|
|
|
In this case, the conversion character \verb|%| is replaced
|
|
|
|
by the sequence \verb|%d$|, where \verb|d| is a
|
|
|
|
decimal digit in the range [1,9],
|
|
|
|
giving the position of the argument in the argument list.
|
|
|
|
For instance, the call \verb|format("%2$d -> %1$03d", 1, 34)| will
|
|
|
|
result in \verb|"34 -> 001"|.
|
1998-01-07 19:26:48 +03:00
|
|
|
The same argument can be used in more than one conversion.
|
1997-07-05 02:35:38 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
The options \verb|c|, \verb|d|, \verb|E|, \verb|e|, \verb|f|,
|
1997-09-16 23:01:10 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|g|, \verb|G|, \verb|i|, \verb|o|, \verb|u|, \verb|X|, and \verb|x| all
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
expect a number as argument,
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
whereas \verb|q| and \verb|s| expect a string.
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
The \verb|*| modifier can be simulated by building
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
the appropriate format string.
|
|
|
|
For example, \verb|"%*g"| can be simulated with
|
|
|
|
\verb|"%"..width.."g"|.
|
1996-01-29 20:08:23 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\NOTE
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Neither the format string nor the string values to be formatted with
|
|
|
|
\T{format} can contain embedded zeros.
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{gsub (s, pat, repl [, n])}}
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{gsub}
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
Returns a copy of \verb|s|,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
in which all occurrences of the pattern \verb|pat| have been
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
replaced by a replacement string specified by \verb|repl|.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
This function also returns, as a second value,
|
|
|
|
the total number of substitutions made.
|
|
|
|
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
If \verb|repl| is a string, then its value is used for replacement.
|
|
|
|
Any sequence in \verb|repl| of the form \verb|%n|
|
|
|
|
with \verb|n| between 1 and 9
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
stands for the value of the \M{n}-th captured substring.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
If \verb|repl| is a function, then this function is called every time a
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
match occurs, with all captured substrings passed as arguments,
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
in order (see below).
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
If the value returned by this function is a string,
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
then it is used as the replacement string;
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
otherwise, the replacement string is the empty string.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The last, optional parameter \verb|n| limits
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
the maximum number of substitutions to occur.
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
For instance, when \verb|n| is 1 only the first occurrence of
|
|
|
|
\verb|pat| is replaced.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
Here are some examples:
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
x = gsub("hello world", "(%w+)", "%1 %1")
|
|
|
|
--> x="hello hello world world"
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
x = gsub("hello world", "(%w+)", "%1 %1", 1)
|
|
|
|
--> x="hello hello world"
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
x = gsub("hello world from Lua", "(%w+)%s*(%w+)", "%2 %1")
|
|
|
|
--> x="world hello Lua from"
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
x = gsub("home = $HOME, user = $USER", "%$(%w+)", getenv)
|
|
|
|
--> x="home = /home/roberto, user = roberto" (for instance)
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
x = gsub("4+5 = $return 4+5$", "%$(.-)%$", dostring)
|
|
|
|
--> x="4+5 = 9"
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
local t = {name="lua", version="4.0"}
|
|
|
|
x = gsub("$name - $version", "%$(%w+)", function (v) return %t[v] end)
|
|
|
|
--> x="lua - 4.0"
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
t = {n=0}
|
|
|
|
gsub("first second word", "(%w+)", function (w) tinsert(%t, w) end)
|
|
|
|
--> t={"first", "second", "word"; n=3}
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{Patterns} \label{pm}
|
|
|
|
|
1996-11-06 23:26:56 +03:00
|
|
|
\paragraph{Character Class:}
|
|
|
|
a \Def{character class} is used to represent a set of characters.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
The following combinations are allowed in describing a character class:
|
|
|
|
\begin{description}
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[\emph{x}] (where \emph{x} is any character not in the list
|
1999-05-12 00:46:28 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|^$()%.[]*+-?|)
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
--- represents the character \emph{x} itself.
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[\T{.}] --- (a dot) represents all characters.
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[\T{\%a}] --- represents all letters.
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
\item[\T{\%c}] --- represents all control characters.
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[\T{\%d}] --- represents all digits.
|
|
|
|
\item[\T{\%l}] --- represents all lower case letters.
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
\item[\T{\%p}] --- represents all punctuation characters.
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[\T{\%s}] --- represents all space characters.
|
|
|
|
\item[\T{\%u}] --- represents all upper case letters.
|
|
|
|
\item[\T{\%w}] --- represents all alphanumeric characters.
|
1999-10-04 21:51:04 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[\T{\%x}] --- represents all hexadecimal digits.
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
\item[\T{\%z}] --- represents the character with representation 0.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[\T{\%\M{x}}] (where \M{x} is any non-alphanumeric character) ---
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
represents the character \M{x}.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
This is the standard way to escape the magic characters \verb|()%.[]*+-?|.
|
|
|
|
We recommend that any ``punct'' character (even the non magic)
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
should be preceded by a \verb|%|
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
when used to represent itself in a pattern.
|
1999-10-04 21:51:04 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[\T{[char-set]}] ---
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
represents the class which is the union of all
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
characters in char-set.
|
|
|
|
A range of characters may be specified by
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
separating the end characters of the range with a \verb|-|.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
All classes \verb|%|\emph{x} described above may also be used as
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
components in a char-set.
|
|
|
|
All other characters in char-set represent themselves.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
For example, \verb|[%w_]| (or \verb|[_%w]|)
|
1999-10-04 21:51:04 +04:00
|
|
|
represents all alphanumeric characters plus the underscore,
|
|
|
|
\verb|[0-7]| represents the octal digits,
|
|
|
|
and \verb|[0-7%l%-]| represents the octal digits plus
|
|
|
|
the lower case letters plus the \verb|-| character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The interaction between ranges and classes is not defined.
|
|
|
|
Therefore, patterns like \verb|[%a-z]| or \verb|[a-%%]|
|
|
|
|
have no meaning.
|
|
|
|
|
1997-07-02 21:09:48 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[\T{[\^{ }char-set]}] ---
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
represents the complement of char-set,
|
|
|
|
where char-set is interpreted as above.
|
|
|
|
\end{description}
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
For all classes represented by single letters (\verb|%a|, \verb|%c|, \ldots),
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
the corresponding upper-case letter represents the complement of the class.
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
For instance, \verb|%S| represents all non-space characters.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The definitions of letter, space, etc. depend on the current locale.
|
1997-07-02 21:09:48 +04:00
|
|
|
In particular, the class \verb|[a-z]| may not be equivalent to \verb|%l|.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The second form should be preferred for portability.
|
1997-07-02 21:09:48 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1996-11-06 23:26:56 +03:00
|
|
|
\paragraph{Pattern Item:}
|
1999-05-12 00:46:28 +04:00
|
|
|
a \Def{pattern item} may be
|
1997-02-21 18:19:37 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{itemize}
|
|
|
|
\item
|
|
|
|
a single character class,
|
|
|
|
which matches any single character in the class;
|
|
|
|
\item
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
a single character class followed by \verb|*|,
|
1997-02-21 18:19:37 +03:00
|
|
|
which matches 0 or more repetitions of characters in the class.
|
1999-05-12 00:46:28 +04:00
|
|
|
These repetition items will always match the longest possible sequence;
|
|
|
|
\item
|
|
|
|
a single character class followed by \verb|+|,
|
|
|
|
which matches 1 or more repetitions of characters in the class.
|
|
|
|
These repetition items will always match the longest possible sequence;
|
1997-02-21 18:19:37 +03:00
|
|
|
\item
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
a single character class followed by \verb|-|,
|
1997-02-21 18:19:37 +03:00
|
|
|
which also matches 0 or more repetitions of characters in the class.
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
Unlike \verb|*|,
|
1999-05-12 00:46:28 +04:00
|
|
|
these repetition items will always match the shortest possible sequence;
|
1997-02-21 18:19:37 +03:00
|
|
|
\item
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
a single character class followed by \verb|?|,
|
1997-02-21 18:19:37 +03:00
|
|
|
which matches 0 or 1 occurrence of a character in the class;
|
|
|
|
\item
|
1997-07-02 21:09:48 +04:00
|
|
|
\T{\%\M{n}}, for \M{n} between 1 and 9;
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
such item matches a sub-string equal to the \M{n}-th captured string
|
1997-02-21 18:19:37 +03:00
|
|
|
(see below);
|
|
|
|
\item
|
1997-07-02 21:09:48 +04:00
|
|
|
\T{\%b\M{xy}}, where \M{x} and \M{y} are two distinct characters;
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
such item matches strings that start with~\M{x}, end with~\M{y},
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
and where the \M{x} and \M{y} are \emph{balanced}.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
This means that, if one reads the string from left to right,
|
|
|
|
counting \Math{+1} for an \M{x} and \Math{-1} for a \M{y},
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
the ending \M{y} is the first where the count reaches 0.
|
1997-06-19 00:14:52 +04:00
|
|
|
For instance, the item \verb|%b()| matches expressions with
|
1997-02-21 18:19:37 +03:00
|
|
|
balanced parentheses.
|
|
|
|
\end{itemize}
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1996-11-06 23:26:56 +03:00
|
|
|
\paragraph{Pattern:}
|
|
|
|
a \Def{pattern} is a sequence of pattern items.
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
A \verb|^| at the beginning of a pattern anchors the match at the
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
beginning of the subject string.
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
A \verb|$| at the end of a pattern anchors the match at the
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
end of the subject string.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
At other positions,
|
|
|
|
\verb|^| and \verb|$| have no special meaning and represent themselves.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-02-21 18:19:37 +03:00
|
|
|
\paragraph{Captures:}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
A pattern may contain sub-patterns enclosed in parentheses,
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
that describe \Def{captures}.
|
|
|
|
When a match succeeds, the sub-strings of the subject string
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
that match captures are stored (\emph{captured}) for future use.
|
1996-11-06 23:26:56 +03:00
|
|
|
Captures are numbered according to their left parentheses.
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
For instance, in the pattern \verb|"(a*(.)%w(%s*))"|,
|
1997-02-21 18:19:37 +03:00
|
|
|
the part of the string matching \verb|"a*(.)%w(%s*)"| is
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
stored as the first capture (and therefore has number~1);
|
|
|
|
the character matching \verb|.| is captured with number~2,
|
|
|
|
and the part matching \verb|%s*| has number~3.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\NOTE
|
|
|
|
{\em A pattern cannot contain embedded zeros.
|
|
|
|
Use \verb|%z| instead.}
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-02 21:09:48 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\subsection{Mathematical Functions} \label{mathlib}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
This library is an interface to some functions of the standard C~math library.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
In addition, it registers a tag method for the binary operator \verb|^| that
|
1997-06-19 01:11:53 +04:00
|
|
|
returns \Math{x^y} when applied to numbers \verb|x^y|.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The library provides the following functions:
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{abs}\Deffunc{acos}\Deffunc{asin}\Deffunc{atan}
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{atan2}\Deffunc{ceil}\Deffunc{cos}\Deffunc{floor}
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{log}\Deffunc{log10}\Deffunc{max}\Deffunc{min}
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{mod}\Deffunc{sin}\Deffunc{sqrt}\Deffunc{tan}
|
1998-05-27 23:09:39 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{frexp}\Deffunc{ldexp}
|
1996-02-09 20:21:27 +03:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{random}\Deffunc{randomseed}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
abs acos asin atan atan2 ceil cos deg floor log log10
|
|
|
|
max min mod rad sin sqrt tan frexp ldexp random randomseed
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
plus a global variable \IndexVerb{PI}.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
Most of them
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
are only interfaces to the homonymous functions in the C~library,
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
except that, for the trigonometric functions,
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
all angles are expressed in \emph{degrees}, not radians.
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
Functions \IndexVerb{deg} and \IndexVerb{rad} can be used to convert
|
|
|
|
between radians and degrees.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
The function \verb|max| returns the maximum
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
value of its numeric arguments.
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
Similarly, \verb|min| computes the minimum.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Both can be used with 1, 2, or more arguments.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
The functions \verb|random| and \verb|randomseed| are interfaces to
|
|
|
|
the simple random generator functions \verb|rand| and \verb|srand|,
|
1996-02-09 20:21:27 +03:00
|
|
|
provided by ANSI C.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
(No guarantees can be given for their statistical properties.)
|
1997-07-31 02:15:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The function \verb|random|, when called without arguments,
|
|
|
|
returns a pseudo-random real number in the range \Math{[0,1)}.
|
|
|
|
When called with a number \Math{n},
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|random| returns a pseudo-random integer in the range \Math{[1,n]}.
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
When called with two arguments, \Math{l} and \Math{u},
|
|
|
|
\verb|random| returns a pseudo-random integer in the range \Math{[l,u]}.
|
1996-02-09 20:21:27 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{I/O Facilities} \label{libio}
|
|
|
|
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
All input and output operations in Lua are done, by default,
|
|
|
|
over two \Def{file handles}, one for reading and one for writing.
|
1997-06-27 00:39:10 +04:00
|
|
|
These handles are stored in two Lua global variables,
|
|
|
|
called \verb|_INPUT| and \verb|_OUTPUT|.
|
|
|
|
The global variables
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|_STDIN|, \verb|_STDOUT|, and \verb|_STDERR|
|
1997-06-27 00:39:10 +04:00
|
|
|
are initialized with file descriptors for
|
|
|
|
\verb|stdin|, \verb|stdout| and \verb|stderr|.
|
|
|
|
Initially, \verb|_INPUT=_STDIN| and \verb|_OUTPUT=_STDOUT|.
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{_INPUT}\Deffunc{_OUTPUT}
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{_STDIN}\Deffunc{_STDOUT}\Deffunc{_STDERR}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A file handle is a userdata containing the file stream \verb|FILE*|,
|
|
|
|
and with a distinctive tag created by the I/O library.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unless otherwise stated,
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
all I/O functions return \nil\ on failure and
|
|
|
|
some value different from \nil\ on success.
|
|
|
|
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{openfile (filename, mode)}}\Deffunc{openfile}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function opens a file,
|
|
|
|
in the mode specified in the string \verb|mode|.
|
|
|
|
It returns a new file handle,
|
|
|
|
or, in case of errors, \nil\ plus a string describing the error.
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
This function does not modify either \verb|_INPUT| or \verb|_OUTPUT|.
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The \verb|mode| string can be any of the following:
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{description}
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[``r''] read mode;
|
|
|
|
\item[``w''] write mode;
|
|
|
|
\item[``a''] append mode;
|
|
|
|
\item[``r+''] update mode, all previous data is preserved;
|
|
|
|
\item[``w+''] update mode, all previous data is erased;
|
|
|
|
\item[``a+''] append update mode, previous data is preserved,
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
writing is only allowed at the end of file.
|
|
|
|
\end{description}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The \verb|mode| string may also have a \verb|b| at the end,
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
which is needed in some systems to open the file in binary mode.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
This string is exactlty what is used in the standard~C function \verb|fopen|.
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{closefile (handle)}}\Deffunc{closefile}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function closes the given file.
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
It does not modify either \verb|_INPUT| or \verb|_OUTPUT|.
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{readfrom (filename)}}\Deffunc{readfrom}
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-06-27 00:39:10 +04:00
|
|
|
This function may be called in two ways.
|
|
|
|
When called with a file name, it opens the named file,
|
|
|
|
sets its handle as the value of \verb|_INPUT|,
|
|
|
|
and returns this value.
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
It does not close the current input file.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
When called without parameters,
|
1997-06-27 00:39:10 +04:00
|
|
|
it closes the \verb|_INPUT| file,
|
|
|
|
and restores \verb|stdin| as the value of \verb|_INPUT|.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1996-11-01 21:02:53 +03:00
|
|
|
If this function fails, it returns \nil,
|
|
|
|
plus a string describing the error.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\NOTE
|
|
|
|
(system dependency)
|
|
|
|
if \verb|filename| starts with a \verb-|-,
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
then a \Index{piped input} is opened, via function \IndexVerb{popen}.
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
Not all systems implement pipes.
|
|
|
|
Moreover,
|
1997-06-27 00:39:10 +04:00
|
|
|
the number of files that can be open at the same time is
|
|
|
|
usually limited and depends on the system.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{writeto (filename)}}\Deffunc{writeto}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-06-27 00:39:10 +04:00
|
|
|
This function may be called in two ways.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
When called with a file name,
|
|
|
|
it opens the named file,
|
1997-06-27 00:39:10 +04:00
|
|
|
sets its handle as the value of \verb|_OUTPUT|,
|
|
|
|
and returns this value.
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
It does not close the current output file.
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
Note that, if the file already exists,
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
then it will be \emph{completely erased} with this operation.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
When called without parameters,
|
1997-06-27 00:39:10 +04:00
|
|
|
this function closes the \verb|_OUTPUT| file,
|
|
|
|
and restores \verb|stdout| as the value of \verb|_OUTPUT|.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\index{closing a file}
|
|
|
|
|
1996-11-01 21:02:53 +03:00
|
|
|
If this function fails, it returns \nil,
|
|
|
|
plus a string describing the error.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\NOTE
|
|
|
|
(system dependency)
|
|
|
|
if \verb|filename| starts with a \verb-|-,
|
|
|
|
then a \Index{piped input} is opened, via function \IndexVerb{popen}.
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
Not all systems implement pipes.
|
|
|
|
Moreover,
|
1997-06-27 00:39:10 +04:00
|
|
|
the number of files that can be open at the same time is
|
|
|
|
usually limited and depends on the system.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{appendto (filename)}}\Deffunc{appendto}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
Opens a file named \verb|filename| and sets it as the
|
1997-06-27 00:39:10 +04:00
|
|
|
value of \verb|_OUTPUT|.
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
Unlike the \verb|writeto| operation,
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
this function does not erase any previous contents of the file;
|
|
|
|
instead, anything written to the file is appended to its end.
|
1996-11-01 21:02:53 +03:00
|
|
|
If this function fails, it returns \nil,
|
|
|
|
plus a string describing the error.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{remove (filename)}}\Deffunc{remove}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
Deletes the file with the given name.
|
1996-11-01 21:02:53 +03:00
|
|
|
If this function fails, it returns \nil,
|
|
|
|
plus a string describing the error.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{rename (name1, name2)}}\Deffunc{rename}
|
1996-03-14 20:45:01 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
Renames file named \verb|name1| to \verb|name2|.
|
1996-11-01 21:02:53 +03:00
|
|
|
If this function fails, it returns \nil,
|
|
|
|
plus a string describing the error.
|
1996-03-14 20:45:01 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{flush ([filehandle])}}\Deffunc{flush}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saves any written data to the given file.
|
|
|
|
If \verb|filehandle| is not specified,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
then \verb|flush| flushes all open files.
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
If this function fails, it returns \nil,
|
|
|
|
plus a string describing the error.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{seek (filehandle [, whence] [, offset])}}\Deffunc{seek}
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-12 22:23:02 +03:00
|
|
|
Sets and gets the file position,
|
|
|
|
measured in bytes from the beginning of the file,
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
to the position given by \verb|offset| plus a base
|
|
|
|
specified by the string \verb|whence|, as follows:
|
|
|
|
\begin{description}
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[``set''] base is position 0 (beginning of the file);
|
|
|
|
\item[``cur''] base is current position;
|
|
|
|
\item[``end''] base is end of file;
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{description}
|
|
|
|
In case of success, function \verb|seek| returns the final file position,
|
|
|
|
measured in bytes from the beginning of the file.
|
|
|
|
If the call fails, it returns \nil,
|
|
|
|
plus a string describing the error.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The default value for \verb|whence| is \verb|"cur"|,
|
|
|
|
and for \verb|offset| is 0.
|
|
|
|
Therefore, the call \verb|seek(file)| returns the current
|
|
|
|
file position, without changing it;
|
|
|
|
the call \verb|seek(file, "set")| sets the position to the
|
|
|
|
beginning of the file (and returns 0);
|
|
|
|
and the call \verb|seek(file, "end")| sets the position to the
|
|
|
|
end of the file, and returns its size.
|
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{tmpname ()}}\Deffunc{tmpname}
|
1996-03-14 20:45:01 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
Returns a string with a file name that can safely
|
1996-03-14 20:45:01 +03:00
|
|
|
be used for a temporary file.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The file must be explicitly opened before its use
|
|
|
|
and removed when no longer needed.
|
1996-03-14 20:45:01 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{read ([filehandle,] format1, ...)}}\Deffunc{read}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
Reads file \verb|_INPUT|,
|
|
|
|
or \verb|filehandle| if this argument is given,
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
according to the given formats, which specify what to read.
|
|
|
|
For each format,
|
|
|
|
the function returns a string (or a number) with the characters read,
|
|
|
|
or \nil\ if it cannot read data with the specified format.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
When called without formats,
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
it uses a default format that reads the next line
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
(see below).
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The available formats are
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{description}
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[``*n''] reads a number;
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
this is the only format that returns a number instead of a string.
|
|
|
|
\item[``*l''] reads the next line
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
(skipping the end of line), or \nil\ on end of file.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
This is the default format.
|
|
|
|
\item[``*a''] reads the whole file, starting at the current position.
|
|
|
|
On end of file, it returns the empty string.
|
|
|
|
\item[``*w''] reads the next word
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
(maximal sequence of non--white-space characters),
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
skipping spaces if necessary, or \nil\ on end of file.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[\emph{number}] reads a string with up to that number of characters,
|
|
|
|
or \nil\ on end of file.
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{description}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{write ([filehandle, ] value1, ...)}}\Deffunc{write}
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
Writes the value of each of its arguments to
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
file \verb|_OUTPUT|,
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
or to \verb|filehandle| if this argument is given.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
The arguments must be strings or numbers.
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
To write other values,
|
1997-06-27 00:39:10 +04:00
|
|
|
use \verb|tostring| or \verb|format| before \verb|write|.
|
1996-11-01 21:02:53 +03:00
|
|
|
If this function fails, it returns \nil,
|
|
|
|
plus a string describing the error.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsection{System Facilities} \label{libiosys}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{clock ()}}\Deffunc{clock}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Returns an approximation of the amount of CPU time
|
|
|
|
used by the program, in seconds.
|
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{date ([format])}}\Deffunc{date}
|
1996-01-29 20:08:23 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-08-25 00:14:56 +04:00
|
|
|
Returns a string containing date and time
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
formatted according to the given string \verb|format|,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
following the same rules of the ANSI~C function \verb|strftime|.
|
1996-02-09 22:02:30 +03:00
|
|
|
When called without arguments,
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
it returns a reasonable date and time representation that depends on
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
the host system and on the current locale.
|
1998-05-21 02:21:35 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{execute (command)}}\Deffunc{execute}
|
1998-05-21 02:21:35 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
This function is equivalent to the C~function \verb|system|.
|
|
|
|
It passes \verb|command| to be executed by an operating system shell.
|
|
|
|
It returns a status code, which is system-dependent.
|
1996-01-29 20:08:23 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{exit ([code])}}\Deffunc{exit}
|
1996-01-29 20:08:23 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
Calls the C~function \verb|exit|,
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
with an optional \verb|code|,
|
1996-04-29 22:50:08 +04:00
|
|
|
to terminate the program.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The default value for \verb|code| is the success code.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{getenv (varname)}}\Deffunc{getenv}
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
Returns the value of the process environment variable \verb|varname|,
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
or \nil\ if the variable is not defined.
|
|
|
|
|
1997-07-02 21:09:48 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{setlocale (locale [, category])}}\Deffunc{setlocale}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
This function is an interface to the ANSI~C function \verb|setlocale|.
|
1998-01-07 19:26:48 +03:00
|
|
|
\verb|locale| is a string specifying a locale;
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|category| is an optional string describing which category to change:
|
|
|
|
\verb|"all"|, \verb|"collate"|, \verb|"ctype"|,
|
|
|
|
\verb|"monetary"|, \verb|"numeric"|, or \verb|"time"|;
|
|
|
|
the default category is \verb|"all"|.
|
1997-07-02 21:09:48 +04:00
|
|
|
The function returns the name of the new locale,
|
|
|
|
or \nil\ if the request cannot be honored.
|
|
|
|
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\section{The Debug Interface} \label{debugI}
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
Lua has no built-in debugging facilities.
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
Instead, it offers a special interface,
|
1997-07-01 21:41:34 +04:00
|
|
|
by means of functions and \emph{hooks},
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
which allows the construction of different
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
kinds of debuggers, profilers, and other tools
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
that need ``inside information'' from the interpreter.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
This interface is declared in \verb|luadebug.h|.
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{Stack and Function Information}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_getstack}
|
|
|
|
The main function to get information about the interpreter stack is
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
int lua_getstack (lua_State *L, int level, lua_Debug *ar);
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
It fills parts of a \verb|lua_Debug| structure with
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
an identification of the \emph{activation record}
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
of the function executing at a given level.
|
1997-06-19 01:11:53 +04:00
|
|
|
Level~0 is the current running function,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
whereas level \Math{n+1} is the function that has called level \Math{n}.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
Usually, \verb|lua_getstack| returns 1;
|
|
|
|
when called with a level greater than the stack depth,
|
|
|
|
it returns 0.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_Debug}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The structure \verb|lua_Debug| is used to carry different pieces of
|
|
|
|
information about an active function:
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
typedef struct lua_Debug {
|
|
|
|
const char *event; /* "call", "return" */
|
|
|
|
int currentline; /* (l) */
|
|
|
|
const char *name; /* (n) */
|
|
|
|
const char *namewhat; /* (n) global, tag method, local, field */
|
|
|
|
int nups; /* (u) number of upvalues */
|
|
|
|
int linedefined; /* (S) */
|
|
|
|
const char *what; /* (S) "Lua" function, "C" function, Lua "main" */
|
|
|
|
const char *source; /* (S) */
|
|
|
|
char short_src[LUA_IDSIZE]; /* (S) */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* private part */
|
|
|
|
...
|
|
|
|
} lua_Debug;
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_getstack| fills only the private part
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
of this structure, for future use.
|
|
|
|
To fill in the other fields of \verb|lua_Debug| with useful information,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
call \Deffunc{lua_getinfo}
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
int lua_getinfo (lua_State *L, const char *what, lua_Debug *ar);
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
This function returns 0 on error
|
|
|
|
(e.g., an invalid option in \verb|what|).
|
|
|
|
Each character in the string \verb|what|
|
|
|
|
selects some fields of \verb|ar| to be filled,
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
as indicated by the letter in parentheses in the definition of \verb|lua_Debug|:
|
|
|
|
An \verb|S| fills in the fields \verb|source|, \verb|linedefined|,
|
|
|
|
and \verb|what|;
|
|
|
|
\verb|l| fills in the field \verb|currentline|, etc.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Moreover, character \verb|f| pushes onto the stack the function that is
|
|
|
|
running at the given level.
|
2000-05-12 23:49:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To get information about a function that is not active (that is,
|
|
|
|
it is not in the stack),
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
you push the function onto the stack,
|
2000-05-12 23:49:18 +04:00
|
|
|
and start the \verb|what| string with the character \verb|>|.
|
|
|
|
For instance, to know in which line a function \verb|f| was defined,
|
|
|
|
you can write
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
lua_Debug ar;
|
|
|
|
lua_getglobal(L, "f");
|
|
|
|
lua_getinfo(L, ">S", &ar);
|
|
|
|
printf("%d\n", ar.linedefined);
|
2000-05-12 23:49:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fields of \verb|lua_Debug| have the following meaning:
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{description}
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[source]
|
1999-03-05 00:23:39 +03:00
|
|
|
If the function was defined in a string,
|
|
|
|
\verb|source| is that string;
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
if the function was defined in a file,
|
1999-03-05 00:23:39 +03:00
|
|
|
\verb|source| starts with a \verb|@| followed by the file name.
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-20 21:21:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[short\_src]
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
A ``printable'' version of \verb|source|, to be used in error messages.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[linedefined]
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
the line number where the definition of the function starts.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[what] the string \verb|"Lua"| if this is a Lua function,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|"C"| if this is a C~function,
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
or \verb|"main"| if this is the main part of a chunk.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[currentline]
|
|
|
|
the current line where the given function is executing.
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
When no line information is available,
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|currentline| is set to \Math{-1}.
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[name]
|
|
|
|
a reasonable name for the given function.
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
Because functions in Lua are first class values,
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
they do not have a fixed name:
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
Some functions may be the value of many global variables,
|
|
|
|
while others may be stored only in a table field.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The \verb|lua_getinfo| function checks whether the given
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
function is a tag method or the value of a global variable.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
If the given function is a tag method,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
then \verb|name| points to the event name.
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
If the given function is the value of a global variable,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
then \verb|name| points to the variable name.
|
1997-06-17 22:45:16 +04:00
|
|
|
If the given function is neither a tag method nor a global variable,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
then \verb|name| is set to \verb|NULL|.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[namewhat]
|
|
|
|
Explains the previous field.
|
|
|
|
If the function is a global variable,
|
|
|
|
\verb|namewhat| is \verb|"global"|;
|
|
|
|
if the function is a tag method,
|
|
|
|
\verb|namewhat| is \verb|"tag-method"|;
|
|
|
|
otherwise \verb|namewhat| is \verb|""| (the empty string).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item[nups]
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
Number of upvalues of a function.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end{description}
|
|
|
|
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsection{Manipulating Local Variables}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
For the manipulation of local variables,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\verb|luadebug.h| uses indices:
|
|
|
|
The first parameter has index 1, and so on,
|
|
|
|
until the last active local variable.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_getlocal}\Deffunc{lua_setlocal}
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
The following functions allow the manipulation of the
|
|
|
|
local variables of a given activation record.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
const char *lua_getlocal (lua_State *L, const lua_Debug *ar, int n);
|
|
|
|
const char *lua_setlocal (lua_State *L, const lua_Debug *ar, int n);
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
The parameter \verb|ar| must be a valid activation record,
|
|
|
|
filled by a previous call to \verb|lua_getstack| or
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
given as argument to a hook \see{sub-hooks}.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Function \verb|lua_getlocal| gets the index of a local variable
|
|
|
|
(\verb|n|), pushes its value onto the stack,
|
|
|
|
and returns its name.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
For \verb|lua_setlocal|,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
you push the new value onto the stack,
|
|
|
|
and the function assigns that value to the variable and returns its name.
|
|
|
|
Both functions return NULL on failure;
|
|
|
|
that happens if the index is greater than
|
|
|
|
the number of active local variables.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As an example, the following function lists the names of all
|
|
|
|
local variables for a function in a given level of the stack:
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
int listvars (lua_State *L, int level) {
|
|
|
|
lua_Debug ar;
|
|
|
|
int i = 1;
|
|
|
|
const char *name;
|
|
|
|
if (lua_getstack(L, level, &ar) == 0)
|
|
|
|
return 0; /* failure: no such level in the stack */
|
|
|
|
while ((name = lua_getlocal(L, &ar, i++)) != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
printf("%s\n", name);
|
|
|
|
lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove variable value */
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsection{Hooks}\label{sub-hooks}
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
The Lua interpreter offers two hooks for debugging purposes:
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
a \emph{call} hook and a \emph{line} hook.
|
2000-04-17 23:23:48 +04:00
|
|
|
Both have the same type,
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
typedef void (*lua_Hook) (lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar);
|
2000-04-17 23:23:48 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
and you can set them with the following functions:
|
|
|
|
\Deffunc{lua_Hook}\Deffunc{lua_setcallhook}\Deffunc{lua_setlinehook}
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
lua_Hook lua_setcallhook (lua_State *L, lua_Hook func);
|
|
|
|
lua_Hook lua_setlinehook (lua_State *L, lua_Hook func);
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
A hook is disabled when its value is \verb|NULL|,
|
1996-03-20 21:44:02 +03:00
|
|
|
which is the initial value of both hooks.
|
2000-04-17 23:23:48 +04:00
|
|
|
The functions \verb|lua_setcallhook| and \verb|lua_setlinehook|
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
set their corresponding hooks and return their previous values.
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The call hook is called whenever the
|
|
|
|
interpreter enters or leaves a function.
|
|
|
|
The \verb|event| field of \verb|ar| has the strings \verb|"call"|
|
|
|
|
or \verb|"return"|.
|
|
|
|
This \verb|ar| can then be used in calls to \verb|lua_getinfo|,
|
|
|
|
\verb|lua_getlocal|, and \verb|lua_setlocal|,
|
|
|
|
to get more information about the function and to manipulate its
|
|
|
|
local variables.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The line hook is called every time the interpreter changes
|
|
|
|
the line of code it is executing.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The \verb|event| field of \verb|ar| has the string \verb|"line"|,
|
|
|
|
and the \verb|currentline| field has the line number.
|
|
|
|
Again, you can use this \verb|ar| in other calls to the debug API.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
While Lua is running a hook, it disables other calls to hooks.
|
|
|
|
Therefore, if a hook calls Lua to execute a function or a chunk,
|
|
|
|
this execution ocurrs without any calls to hooks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A hook cannot call \T{lua_error}.
|
|
|
|
It must return to Lua through a regular return.
|
|
|
|
(There is no problem if the error is inside a chunk or a Lua function
|
|
|
|
called by the hook, because those errors are protected;
|
|
|
|
the control returns to the hook anyway.)
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsection{The Reflexive Debug Interface}
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The library \verb|ldblib| provides
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
the functionality of the debug interface to Lua programs.
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
If you want to use this library,
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
your host application must open it,
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
by calling \verb|lua_dblibopen|.
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You should exert great care when using this library.
|
1999-04-07 20:40:04 +04:00
|
|
|
The functions provided here should be used exclusively for debugging
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
and similar tasks (e.g., profiling).
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
Please resist the temptation to use them as a
|
|
|
|
usual programming tool.
|
|
|
|
They are slow and violate some (otherwise) secure aspects of the
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
language (e.g., privacy of local variables).
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
As a general rule, if your program does not need this library,
|
|
|
|
do not open it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:49:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{getinfo (function, [what])}}\Deffunc{getinfo}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function returns a table with information about a function.
|
|
|
|
You can give the function directly,
|
|
|
|
or you can give a number as the value of \verb|function|,
|
|
|
|
which means the function running at level \verb|function| of the stack:
|
|
|
|
Level 0 is the current function (\verb|getinfo| itself);
|
|
|
|
level 1 is the function that called \verb|getinfo|;
|
|
|
|
and so on.
|
|
|
|
If \verb|function| is a number larger than the number of active functions,
|
|
|
|
\verb|getinfo| returns \nil.
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:49:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The returned table contains all the fields returned by \verb|lua_getinfo|,
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
with the string \verb|what| describing what to get.
|
2000-05-12 23:49:18 +04:00
|
|
|
The default for \verb|what| is to get all information available.
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:49:18 +04:00
|
|
|
For instance, the expression \verb|getinfo(1,"n").name| returns
|
|
|
|
the name of the current function, if a reasonable name can be found,
|
|
|
|
and \verb|getinfo(print)| returns a table with all available information
|
|
|
|
about the \verb|print| function.
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{getlocal (level, local)}}\Deffunc{getlocal}
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
This function returns the name and the value of the local variable
|
|
|
|
with index \verb|local| of the function at level \verb|level| of the stack.
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
(The first parameter has index 1, and so on,
|
|
|
|
until the last active local variable.)
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The function returns \nil\ if there is no local
|
|
|
|
variable with the given index,
|
|
|
|
and raises an error when called with a \verb|level| out of range.
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
(You can call \verb|getstack| to check whether the level is valid.)
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{setlocal (level, local, value)}}\Deffunc{setlocal}
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
This function assigns the value \verb|value| to the local variable
|
|
|
|
with index \verb|local| of the function at level \verb|level| of the stack.
|
|
|
|
The function returns \nil\ if there is no local
|
|
|
|
variable with the given index,
|
|
|
|
and raises an error when called with a \verb|level| out of range.
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{setcallhook (hook)}}\Deffunc{setcallhook}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the function \verb|hook| as the call hook;
|
|
|
|
this hook will be called every time the interpreter starts and
|
|
|
|
exits the execution of a function.
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
The only argument to this hook is the event name (\verb|"call"| or
|
|
|
|
\verb|"return"|).
|
|
|
|
You can call \verb|getstack| with level 2 to get more information about
|
|
|
|
the function being called or returning
|
|
|
|
(level 0 is the \verb|getstack| function,
|
|
|
|
and level 1 is the hook function).
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When called without arguments,
|
|
|
|
this function turns off call hooks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{\ff \T{setlinehook (hook)}}\Deffunc{setlinehook}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sets the function \verb|hook| as the line hook;
|
|
|
|
this hook will be called every time the interpreter changes
|
|
|
|
the line of code it is executing.
|
|
|
|
The only argument to the hook is the line number the interpreter
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
is about to execute.
|
1999-03-29 18:21:37 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When called without arguments,
|
|
|
|
this function turns off line hooks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1997-01-23 19:17:53 +03:00
|
|
|
\section{\Index{Lua Stand-alone}} \label{lua-sa}
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Although Lua has been designed as an extension language,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
it is frequently used as a stand-alone language.
|
|
|
|
An interpreter for Lua as a stand-alone language,
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
called simply \verb|lua|,
|
|
|
|
is provided with the standard distribution.
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
This program can be called with any sequence of the following arguments:
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{description}\leftskip=20pt
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
\item[\T{-sNUM}] sets the stack size to \T{NUM}
|
|
|
|
(if present, this must be the first option);
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[\T{-} ] executes \verb|stdin| as a file;
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[\T{-c}] calls \verb|lua_close| after running all arguments;
|
|
|
|
\item[\T{-e} \rm\emph{stat}] executes string \verb|stat|;
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\item[\T{-f filename}] executes file \verb|filename| with the
|
|
|
|
remaining arguments in table \verb|arg|;
|
|
|
|
\item[\T{-i}] enters interactive mode with prompt;
|
|
|
|
\item[\T{-q}] enters interactive mode without prompt;
|
|
|
|
\item[\T{-v}] prints version information;
|
|
|
|
\item[\T{var=value}] sets global \verb|var| to string \verb|"value"|;
|
|
|
|
\item[\T{filename}] executes file \verb|filename|.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{description}
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
When called without arguments,
|
|
|
|
Lua behaves as \verb|lua -v -i| when \verb|stdin| is a terminal,
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
and as \verb|lua -| otherwise.
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
All arguments are handled in order, except \verb|-c|.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
For instance, an invocation like
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
$ lua -i a=test prog.lua
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
will first interact with the user until an \verb|EOF| in \verb|stdin|,
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
then will set \verb|a| to \verb|"test"|,
|
1998-03-30 22:17:55 +04:00
|
|
|
and finally will run the file \verb|prog.lua|.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
(Here,
|
|
|
|
\verb|$| is the shell prompt. Your prompt may be different.)
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
When the option \T{-f filename} is used,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
all remaining arguments in the command line
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
are passed to the Lua program in a table called \verb|arg|.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
In this table,
|
|
|
|
the field \verb|n| gets the index of the last argument,
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
and the field 0 gets the \T{filename}.
|
|
|
|
For instance, in the call
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
$ lua a.lua -f b.lua t1 t3
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
the interpreter first runs the file \T{a.lua},
|
|
|
|
then creates a table \T{arg},
|
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
arg = {"t1", "t3"; n = 2, [0] = "b.lua"}
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
and then runs the file \T{b.lua}.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\Deffunc{getargs}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
The stand-alone interpreter also provides a \verb|getargs| function that
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
can be used to access \emph{all} command line arguments.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
For instance, if you call Lua with the line
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
$ lua -c a b
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
and the file \verb|a| (or \verb|b|) calls \verb|getargs|,
|
|
|
|
the call will return the table
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
{[0] = "lua", [1] = "-c", [2] = "a", [3] = "b", n = 3}
|
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In interactive mode,
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
a multi-line statement can be written finishing intermediate
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
lines with a backslash (`\verb|\|').
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
If the global variable \verb|_PROMPT| is defined as a string,
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
then its value is used as the prompt. \index{_PROMPT}
|
|
|
|
Therefore, the prompt can be changed directly on the command line:
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{verbatim}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
$ lua _PROMPT='myprompt> ' -i
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{verbatim}
|
|
|
|
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
In Unix systems, Lua scripts can be made into executable programs
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
by using \verb|chmod +x| and the~\verb|#!| form,
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
as in \verb|#!/usr/local/bin/lua|,
|
|
|
|
or \verb|#!/usr/local/bin/lua -f| to get other arguments.
|
1998-06-18 21:36:27 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1999-10-04 21:51:04 +04:00
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\section*{Acknowledgments}
|
|
|
|
|
1997-06-09 22:16:33 +04:00
|
|
|
The authors would like to thank CENPES/PETROBRAS which,
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
jointly with \tecgraf, used early versions of
|
|
|
|
this system extensively and gave valuable comments.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
The authors would also like to thank Carlos Henrique Levy,
|
1996-02-09 19:37:58 +03:00
|
|
|
who found the name of the game.
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
Lua means ``moon'' in Portuguese.
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\appendix
|
|
|
|
|
1996-08-29 00:46:26 +04:00
|
|
|
\section*{Incompatibilities with Previous Versions}
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Incompatibilities with Previous Versions}
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
Lua 4.0 is a major revision of the language.
|
|
|
|
We took a great care to avoid incompatibilities with
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
the previous public versions of Lua,
|
|
|
|
some differences had to be introduced.
|
1996-11-01 20:02:10 +03:00
|
|
|
Here is a list of all these incompatibilities.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-04-14 21:47:55 +04:00
|
|
|
\subsection*{Incompatibilities with \Index{version 3.2}}
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{Changes in the Language}
|
1999-02-05 15:15:07 +03:00
|
|
|
\begin{itemize}
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\item
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
All pragmas (\verb|$debug|, \verb|$if|, \ldots) have been removed.
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\item
|
|
|
|
\rwd{for}, \rwd{break}, and \rwd{in} now are reserved words.
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\item
|
|
|
|
Garbage-collection tag methods for tables is now deprecated.
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\item
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
There is now only one tag method for order operators.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\item
|
|
|
|
In nested function calls like \verb|f(g(x))|
|
|
|
|
\emph{all} return values from \verb|g| are passed as arguments to \verb|f|.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
This only happens when \verb|g| is the last
|
|
|
|
or the only argument to \verb|f|.
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\item
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
The pre-compiler may assume that some operators are associative,
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
for optimizations.
|
|
|
|
This may cause problems if these operators
|
|
|
|
have non-associative tag methods.
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item Old pre-compiled code is obsolete, and must be re-compiled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end{itemize}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{Changes in the Libraries}
|
|
|
|
\begin{itemize}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\item
|
|
|
|
When traversing a table with \verb|next| or \verb|foreach|,
|
|
|
|
the table cannot be modified in any way.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\item
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
General read patterns are now deprecated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item
|
|
|
|
The functions \verb|rawgettable| and \verb|rawsettable|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
have been renamed to \verb|rawget| and \verb|rawset|.
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item
|
|
|
|
The functions \verb|foreachvar|, \verb|nextvar|,
|
|
|
|
\verb|rawsetglobal|, and \verb|rawgetglobal| are deprecated.
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
You can get their functionality using table operations
|
|
|
|
over the table of globals,
|
|
|
|
which is returned by \verb|globals|.
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item
|
|
|
|
\verb|setglobal| and \verb|sort| no longer return a value;
|
|
|
|
\verb|type| no longer returns a second value.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\item
|
|
|
|
The \verb|p| option in function \verb|call| is deprecated.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\end{itemize}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\subsubsection*{Changes in the API}
|
|
|
|
\begin{itemize}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
The API has been completely rewritten:
|
|
|
|
It is now fully reentrant and much clearer.
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\item
|
|
|
|
The debug API has been completely rewritten.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
%\item
|
|
|
|
%A \verb|const| qualifier has been added to \verb|char*|
|
|
|
|
%in all API functions that handle C~strings.
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%\item
|
|
|
|
%Some variables of type \verb|long| were changed to \verb|size_t|.
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%\item
|
|
|
|
%\verb|luaL_openlib| no longer automatically calls \verb|lua_open|.
|
|
|
|
%So,
|
|
|
|
%you must now explicitly call \verb|lua_open| before opening
|
|
|
|
%the standard libraries.
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%\item
|
|
|
|
%\verb|lua_type| now returns a string describing the type,
|
|
|
|
%and is no longer a synonym for \verb|lua_tag|.
|
1998-01-02 21:34:00 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{itemize}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
%{===============================================================
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\section*{The Complete Syntax of Lua} \label{BNF}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{The Complete Syntax of Lua}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\renewenvironment{Produc}{\vspace{0.8ex}\par\noindent\hspace{3ex}\it\begin{tabular}{rrl}}{\end{tabular}\vspace{0.8ex}\par\noindent}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\renewcommand{\OrNL}{\\ & \Or & }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\begin{Produc}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{chunk}{\rep{stat \opt{\ter{;}}}}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{block}{chunk}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\produc{stat}{%
|
|
|
|
varlist1 \ter{=} explist1
|
|
|
|
\OrNL functioncall
|
|
|
|
\OrNL \rwd{do} block \rwd{end}
|
|
|
|
\OrNL \rwd{while} exp1 \rwd{do} block \rwd{end}
|
|
|
|
\OrNL \rwd{repeat} block \rwd{until} exp1
|
|
|
|
\OrNL \rwd{if} exp1 \rwd{then} block
|
|
|
|
\rep{\rwd{elseif} exp1 \rwd{then} block}
|
|
|
|
\opt{\rwd{else} block} \rwd{end}
|
|
|
|
\OrNL \rwd{return} \opt{explist1}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\OrNL \rwd{break}
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\OrNL \rwd{for} \Nter{name} \ter{=} exp1 \ter{,} exp1 \opt{\ter{,} exp1}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\rwd{do} block \rwd{end}
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\OrNL \rwd{for} \Nter{name} \ter{,} \Nter{name} \rwd{in} exp1
|
|
|
|
\rwd{do} block \rwd{end}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\OrNL \rwd{function} funcname \ter{(} \opt{parlist1} \ter{)} block \rwd{end}
|
|
|
|
\OrNL \rwd{local} declist \opt{init}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{funcname}{%
|
|
|
|
\Nter{name}
|
|
|
|
\Or \Nter{name} \ter{.} \Nter{name}
|
|
|
|
\Or \Nter{name} \ter{:} \Nter{name}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\produc{varlist1}{var \rep{\ter{,} var}}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{var}{%
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\Nter{name}
|
|
|
|
\Or varorfunc \ter{[} exp1 \ter{]}
|
|
|
|
\Or varorfunc \ter{.} \Nter{name}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{varorfunc}{var \Or functioncall}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{declist}{\Nter{name} \rep{\ter{,} \Nter{name}}}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\produc{init}{\ter{=} explist1}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{explist1}{\rep{exp1 \ter{,}} exp}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\produc{exp1}{exp}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{exp}{%
|
|
|
|
\rwd{nil}
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\Or \Nter{number}
|
|
|
|
\Or \Nter{literal}
|
|
|
|
\Or var
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\Or function
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\Or upvalue
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\OrNL functioncall
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\Or tableconstructor
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
\Or \ter{(} exp \ter{)}
|
2000-08-09 23:09:20 +04:00
|
|
|
\Or exp binop exp
|
|
|
|
\Or unop exp
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{functioncall}{%
|
|
|
|
varorfunc args
|
|
|
|
\Or varorfunc \ter{:} \Nter{name} args
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\produc{args}{%
|
|
|
|
\ter{(} \opt{explist1} \ter{)}
|
|
|
|
\Or tableconstructor
|
|
|
|
\Or \Nter{literal}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\produc{function}{\rwd{function} \ter{(} \opt{parlist1} \ter{)} block \rwd{end}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\produc{parlist1}{%
|
|
|
|
\ter{\ldots}
|
|
|
|
\Or \Nter{name} \rep{\ter{,} \Nter{name}} \opt{\ter{,} \ter{\ldots}}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{upvalue}{\ter{\%} \Nter{name}}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\produc{tableconstructor}{\ter{\{} fieldlist \ter{\}}}
|
|
|
|
\produc{fieldlist}{%
|
|
|
|
lfieldlist
|
|
|
|
\Or ffieldlist
|
|
|
|
\Or lfieldlist \ter{;} ffieldlist
|
|
|
|
\Or ffieldlist \ter{;} lfieldlist
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
\produc{lfieldlist}{\opt{lfieldlist1}}
|
|
|
|
\produc{ffieldlist}{\opt{ffieldlist1}}
|
|
|
|
\produc{lfieldlist1}{exp \rep{\ter{,} exp} \opt{\ter{,}}}
|
|
|
|
\produc{ffieldlist1}{ffield \rep{\ter{,} ffield} \opt{\ter{,}}}
|
|
|
|
\produc{ffield}{%
|
|
|
|
\ter{[} exp \ter{]} \ter{=} exp
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\Or \Nter{name} \ter{=} exp
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{binop}{\ter{+} \Or \ter{-} \Or \ter{*} \Or \ter{/} \Or \ter{\^{ }} \Or
|
|
|
|
\ter{..} \OrNL \ter{<} \Or \ter{<=} \Or \ter{>} \Or \ter{>=}
|
|
|
|
\Or \ter{==} \Or \ter{\~{ }=} \OrNL \rwd{and} \Or \rwd{or}}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-30 22:58:46 +04:00
|
|
|
\produc{unop}{\ter{-} \Or \rwd{not}}
|
2000-05-12 23:19:18 +04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\end{Produc}
|
|
|
|
%}===============================================================
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
% Index
|
1998-08-21 21:43:44 +04:00
|
|
|
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
\newpage
|
2000-09-18 23:41:16 +04:00
|
|
|
\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Index}
|
1996-02-16 16:12:12 +03:00
|
|
|
\input{manual.id}
|
2000-10-31 21:20:01 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1996-01-30 15:55:10 +03:00
|
|
|
|
1995-11-16 23:46:02 +03:00
|
|
|
\end{document}
|